Aiuaculture

· CENTER·
Ü
Ç
CÍ)CUÎ8¡ÍH@
PQU8CUΡU

2nd Edition
1j
^CNALLH. Ïl11CNSANO
JA1SA!8L!lNG
Cayuga Aqua Ventn� 2010
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
ÜÇCÍ)CUÎ8¡ÍH@
¹Q
U
8CUΡU)Ç
--«r«...,,
Ô1LHA11 B. TIMMONS
Cornell University
Biological and Environmental Engineering Department
302 Rifey-Robb Hall, lthaca, NY 14853
mbt3@corell. edu
JAMES Ô. EBELING
Aquaculture Systems Technologies, LLC
108 Industrial Ave.
New Orleans, LA 70121
jebeling@beadflters.com
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
Copyright© 20 I 0 by
CA YUGA AQUA VENTURES
126 Sunset Drive
Ithaca, NY 14850


ISBN 978-0-9712646-2-5
Cayuga Aqua Ventures, 2010
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without
the prior written permission of the publisher, Cayuga Aqua Ventures,
126 Sunset Drive, Ithaca, N 14850.
No responsibility is assumed by the Publisher for any injury and/or
damag t ps or ppcp as a matter of products liability,
negligence or othenise, or from any use or operation of any methods,
products, instructions or ideas contaiqed in the material herein.
Printed in the United States
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
DEDICATION
We would like to eo-dedicate this new text
to Dr. Wheaton (Fred) and Dr. W.D. Youngs.
Fred was James Ebeling's major professor for
his PhD at University of Maryland. I fact,
many of us in the industry had Fred as our
major advisor. Frcd was way ahead of his time
1 n 1977 and wrote what became known as the
Aquacultural Engineer's Bible, "Aquacultural
Engineering", in 1977. This text was the foundation for many teaching
programs around the world and remains popular still. Most of the
technical information published in this 1977 text remains valid today 30
years later! Fred was a co-author on our earlier text in 2002
"Recirculating Aquaculture Systems" by Timmons, Ebeling, Wheaton,
Summerfclt and Vinci (2002 by Cayuga Aqua Ventures, lthaca, NY).
Frcd has chaired over 50 graduate committees. Many of the PhD
students have gone on to be the leaders in the aquaculture research and
teaching community. Frcd has always been a very supportive individual
and has continued to mentor us as we progress through our careers.
Dr. Whcalon developed one of the first aquacultural engineering
research and extension programs in the U.S. His research has included
recirculating systems, seafood processing, automation of oyster
shocking, and a variety of other topics related to aquacultural
engineering. He has published widely producing over 100 aricles and
three books. He was one of the founding members of and has served as
president of the Aquacultural Engineering Society. Dr. Wheaton recently
retired (June 2010) as Director of the USDA Northeaster Regional
Aquaculture Ccntcr (5 years) and was formerly Chairman and Professor,
Department of Biological Resources Engineering, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland; Dr. Wheaton was a faculty member
for 42 years at the University of Maryland.
We 8ÎÎ owe a great deal of gratitude to Dr. Wheaton for his career
efforts as a developer and supporter of the aquaculturc community. For
this and mnny other reasons, we dedicate this book to him.
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
Our second
dedication goes to Dr.
William D. Youngs,
Professor Emeritus,
Department of Natural
Resources, Comell
University. Dr. Youngs
spent over 30 years at
Comell teaching and
mentoring students in
fishery science and
aquaculture. Dr. Youngs
is most recognized for
one of te seminal texts
.
in fisheries "Principles of Fishery Science", that he co-authored �1th nr.
w. Harry rvcrhart, Õ book that many keep in their personal hbranes
(published 1981, Corell University Press
,
p. 349).
For me (Timmons) it was a phone call from Bill in 1984 th

t was

ny
introduction to the world of aquaculture and, in particula

, recnculatm�
aquaculture. The phone call went something like "What SI
,
�e pump do
need to move 1 000 gpm of water ngainst 10 feet of head? I
_
responded
with my own q�cstion, "Why do you want to know that?· �Ill took me
under his wing and we spent many hours toge�er bUJldmg the ���
recirculating aquaculture system at the Comell Dauy Res

arch farm.
was also the first General Manager of my commercial aquaculture -
venture, Fingerlakcs Aquaculturc (sec Chapter 17).
· · t" t e I tly value Bill's Bill has always been a constnnt msptra ton o ! .
. .
advice on a wide variety of subjects, but I constder him unequaled
_
m
experience and scientifc knowledge on fsheries manageme

t as apph�d
to recirculnting aquaculture. I also hav� the honor of bemg the

n �
person that Bill ever took �siin

and failed to even have a fsh stnke.
We hope to eliminate that dJstmctJOn soon.
Thanks Bill!
July2010
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
NRC Publication No. 401-2010
¡CREWCRÐ
Aquaculture has a long history with its origins dating back to at least
475 BC in China (Milne, 1973). Trout culture started in Germany in 1741
(Leitritz and Lewis, 1980) but it wasn't until the 1880's that trout culture
came to the U.S. This was the first U.S. aquaculture efort. However,
aquaculture was not of much importance until the late 1940s when it was
discovered that aquaculture methods could be used to raise fsh for planting
in natural waters as a means to supplement natural spawning. At this time
the U.S. fsh and Wildlife Service began growing trout (Oncorhynchus
mykiss), bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus), largemouth bass (Micropters
salmoides), and other species for planting. From its U. S. initiation in the
1880s the U.S. the trout industry grew slowly until the late 1940s or early
1950s when it began to expand more rapidly. In the 1960s the U.S. camsh
(Ictalurus punctatus) industry got its start and began to grow rapidly.
Although the catfsh industry had its ups and downs over the years, it is an
excellent success story. The catfsh industry stared from essentially no
commercial production in 1960 to over 600 million pounds of production in
2000. With the rise of the trout and catfish industries in the U.S. there has
been experimentation and now commercial production of many other
species of fsh including but not limited to striped bass (Morone saxatilis),
salmon (several species), yellow perch (Percaflavescens), tilapia (several
species), blue gill, small mouth bass (Micropters dolomieu), several
species of bait fsh, goldfsh (Carassius aura/us), koi, red fsh, sturgeon
(several species), a wide variety of tropical fsh, and a variety of other fish
species. Tremendous progs mben made in fish culture in development
of production systems, nutrition, genetics, engineering, disease control,
physiology, basic understanding of fsh biology and other areas. However,
much remains to be done in all of these areas.
Shellfish aquaculture has been practiced in the U.S. since about the
1850's, but serious cuÎture really became more popular only in the last 30
years. Species such as blue mussels (Mytilus edulis), various species of
oysters and clams, shrimp, lobsters, crabs, and others have been raised in
aquaculture settings. Most shellfish aquaculture in the U.S. uses leased
bottom systems, raf and rack culture, up-wellers, and/or some foating
systems using either Iinc ÎÎ cages. U.S. shellfsh culture is almost
exclusively done in salt or brackish water while, except for salmon, most
fish culture is in fresh or brackish water. However, salt water fsh culture is
rapidly increasing. Development of shellfsh culture is lagging behind fish
culture in areas of nutrition, engineering, disease control, genetics, basic
ÍÍ Foreword
biology and other areas.
Aquaculture has been the fastest growing segment ofU.S. agriculture
for more than 15 years and is projected to remain that way for the
foreseeable future. This rapid growth rate is driven by several factors
including: 1) many fisheries have reached their sustainable yield, 2) food
safety concers of consumers, and 3) consumer demand for high quality,
safe aquatic products that arc low in fat and high in protein.
The consumer trend that sees more meals eaten away from the home
also contributes to aquaculture production as most seafood is eaten in
restaurants and other eating places. These businesses need a reliable supply
that can provide products on a regular basis year around, something a
natural fishery can rarely provide.
Although the fture of aquaculture is bright in the U .S. tere also are
risks. Regulation of water supplies (both quantity and quality), waste
discharges, and health regulations are becoming more and more onerous
and costly to the industry. Competition for coastal sites, the public's
concerns about environmental factors ranging from pollution to concers
about the visual "pollution" of aquaculture facilities in front of vacation
homes on the shore, and the recreational use of waters that are also suitable
for aquaculture are only a few of the clouds on the aquaculture horizon.
These and other concerns are encouraging the aquaculture industry to move
from open pond and cage culture systems to the more closely controlled
recirculating systems.
Typically recirculating (closed) aquatic production systems have higher
capital and operating costs than many of the extensive systems such as cage
culture in natural waters and raceway and/or pond culture systems.
However, when the control provided by recirculating systems and the
benefts this environmental control provides in terms of marketing, waste
control, product quality, product availability, and other factors are
considered-- then recirculating systems become much more atactive. Thus,
this text is designed primarily for recirculating systems, which the authors
feel will be the systems of choice for most new aquaculture ventures. The
infom1ation provided in this text does, however, also apply to open, semi­
closed, and closed systems.
The objectives of this text are the practical application of aquacultural
engineering and how to desig, constuct, and manage an aquatic
production system. It provides the reader with essential inforation
necessary to get started in aquaculture production and i t emphasizes
practical information rather than in-depth theoretical discussions. It does not
provide the reader with information on genetics, basic biology, marketing,
and all of the other areas important to development of a successful
aquaculture operation. Many of these topics arc touched on in the text, but
iii
are presented only in sufficient detail to allow the reader to understan�the
relationship of each of these aspects to producti

n of fish. There
_
Is n
_
o
attempt to present in-depth discussions of these toptcs. Rather the object IS
to provide suficient information so the reader can: 1) look at a system and
make a good judgment as to how well the systems wi�l operate, 2) work
with a systems designer to develop an aquatic produ

tiOn system of your
own, and 3) know what to look for when shoppmg for aquacultural
production systems. _ _
The authors of this text combined have over 50 years of expencnce m
aquacultural engineering.
Michacl B. Timmons, Ph.D. Dr. Timmons
received his B.S. in Agricultural Engineering
from the Ohio State University, his M.S. in
Agricultural Engineering from the University
of Hawaii, and his Ph.D. from Corn

ll
University. Dr. Timmons has worked m
aquacultural engineering for 25 years a� a
researcher teacher and extension spcciahst.
He has puilished ..

idely and has served as primat
?
editor on many

f the
Aquacultural Engineering Society meeting proceedmgs and forth

sene

of
bi-annual meetings sponsored by Virginia Tech on Water Rcctr

ulat10n
Systems. He was one of the founders of t

1� A

uacult

ral En

meenng
Society and has served in several ofcer posttlons mcludmg Pres1de

t. Dr.
Timmons was a J. Thomas Clark Professorship ofEntrepreneurs
_
l
up
_
and
Personal Enterprise (1999-2006) at Cornell Univ

rsity where he
_
1` st

ll a
professor in the Department of Biological and Envtr
?
nmental Englll
_
eenn

­
Dr. Timmons has been a principal investor (he put bt

hous

on th

lm

!) 1
_
n
the design, construction, and operation of a commercta
_
l rectrcul

tmg ti
_
laptl
farm ( -500 tons per year of produ

t
_
ion) an+thus p

ovtdes the vtcwpomt of
a commercial aquaculturist in addthon to hts expenence as a.researcher and
extension specialist.
James M. Ebeling, Ph.D. Dr. Ebeling has a B.S.
and M.S. in physics from Albion Colleg

in A
_
lbio

,
Michigan and ¼ashg S Umvers1ty m
Pullman, Washington, respectively. He has a s
_
ccond
M.S. in agricultural engineering from Washmgton
State University and has three years of fo
��

training at the University of Cali
_
fornia

Davts

n
aquacultural engineering. He obtamed hts Ph.D. m
jy
Foreword
Ï1OÍO_1CBÍ Hc5OU¡Cc5 LD_1HccI¡H_ Í OD \hc ÌD¡Vc¡5¡Ij Í Ä 1
LOÍÍc_c 1BIK Ä3| U h D
O mBHG¸
.
, -J Bn ¸ W c¡c c WO¡KcG OH \Dc K1HcUC5 OÍ D1O11ÍIcI5
OQcIBIH_OD BQUBCUÍlUJ8Ì5j5IcD5.1H1OVcHDc¡2006 JB
1
1 lD D
. .
¸ Dc5WB55c cCIcU
B5 B U I_ I hcHOI hQcC\BH5I5 LBDU1G8Ic (LOUDC¡Í 1O¡ 1HIcDB ·
´ J
1XCDBD_cOíhCDOÌûI5¸ ¾B5D1H_IOH LL}
I1OHd
1I. 1DcÍ1L_ DB5 Dccu 1HVOÍVcG 1H BQUBCUÎIUJc ÍO¡ OVcI 25
G D
1I U 20
jcBI5 BH B5
CU UIc OVcI 5QcC\c5 O1 115H.1c SþcDI IDIcc jcBI5 BI IDc Ä
·
1
H D U ²

. BICU lUIc
c5cBIC BH IBHH_ LcHIcI 1D¡Vc¡51Ij OÍ
·
G
.
· �BWB 85 B Ic5c8JCH
COO¡ HBI

OI¸ BHG OD

jcBI B5 QIOjcCI DBHB_c¡ ÍOI Iþc Gc5¡ B
COD5IIUCI¡OH O1 IDc¯t¡5DÏBO¯BIIDc1O¡ID LB¡OÌ1HB hI8IcÌ
.

L
HG
1D ¡ 1 f
HVcIS1I} ¡
c H_ B 5O 5QcDI 1Vc jcBI5 B5 B Ic5c8¡CD BHG cXIcH5
·
· ·
1K
IOD B55OCIBIc BI IDc
\ cIOH !c5cBICH BuU ¢XIcH51OD LcHIcI \D¡O hI8Ic L 1
ÍH
.
.
- DVcI51Ij¸ 1KcIOD
1ÇWHcIcDcWB5IC5QOH51DÌcÍO!Gc51§ COD5IIUCI1OH G
:
IH 1
.
- ¸BD DBHuHûDCcO1
c BQUBCU IUIc 1BC1Í•l•C5 BHG 1O! DB1DIB1H1D_ IDc 115H B Ì1 ¹´
L I 1
. .
5 Wc B5 I \Hc
cH cI QUdCUÍIUIc ¢XIcD5IOH 1¡OgIBD 1c 5QcHI
1 1 I r
.
·
SIX jcûI5 ûI IDc
cS WBIc D5II\U!C B5 Bu 1HVIOcDIBÍ HcScB¡CD 1 r K
.

D ·
.
H_Hcc¸ WO! H_ H
B5\C ûCU BQQHcU Ic5cBICD B5 WcÌÍ B5 IDc BQQÍ1CBI1OD OÍ DO ! ·
I
. .
H\ O1H_ 8DU
COHQ) cI COHUOÍ IO D\OÍO_•CBÍ BDU BQUBI¡C cCO5j5IcD5 L 1D I.
C tÌ Ì G
. I. c H_ IS
UDcu Y

DQ Ojc B5 B Hc5cBICD 1D_1Dcc¡ Dj PQUBCuÍIUIc s 5IcD5
³cCHDOÌO_•c5¸1ÌL,1cW\!ÎcBD5¸1P.1 DB1ÍcDcÍ1D_@ÏcBU
j
.
QDOHc 504-837-5575.
1 I5.COD¸
PU_U5\ 1, /Û!U
^
ACKO\VLEDGEMENTS
²HcDOOK BUIDOI5WOUÍG11KcIOcXQIc55IDc1I51DCcIcBQQIcC1BI1ODIOLI.
TIcU ¾HCBIOH WDODB5 DccD 1DVOÎVcGJHBQUBCUÎlU¡8ÍcD_1HccI1H_1OIOVcI
38 jcB!5. 1ICU UcVcÎOQcG IHc 11!SI BQUBCUÍIU!BÎ cH_1LccI1D_ CUII1CUÍUH 1D
IDc1.h.,WH1CD WB5O11cIcUuIIDC1L1Vc!51IjOÍÄ8[!BDU,BDGûUIDOIcG IDc
1ISI BQUBCUÍIUIûÍ cu_1uccI1D_ IcXIDOOK ¨/QUBCUÍIUIBÍ 1D_1DccIJH_¸ JOHD
¾1Ícj BHU hOH5¸ 1cW `OIK¸ OI1_1Dû¡ cU1I1OD (1977). ¹IûGUûIc5 O1 IH¡5
CUIIJCUÍUD B!c ¡OCBIcG IDIOu_DOUI IDc Ì.h. BHU 1H HBHj 1DIcOûI1ODBÎ
ÍOCBI1OD5. 1c DB5 QuDÍ15DcU W¡UcÎj QIOUUC1H_ OVcI 200 8II1CÍc5 BuU IDIcc
DOOKS.1cW85OHcOÍ \Dc1OUHU1D_DcDDcI5OÍBHGDB55cIVcUB5QIc51UcHI
O1 IDc PQUBCU¡IU¡BÍ 1D_1HccI1H_ hOC¡cIj. 1c ¡5 CUI¡cDIÎj cHQÎOjcG B5
1IO1cS5OIBDU LhB1IDBD,LcQBIIHcHI OÍÏ1OÍO_1CBÎHc5OUICc51D_1HccI¡H_¸
1L1VcIS1Ij O1 ÄB[ÎBDU, LOÍÍc_c 1BIK¸ ÄBI_ÎBDG. ¾c W1ÍÍ BÍWBj5 Dc
cX\IcHcÌj _IBIc1U\ 1OI BÍÍ IDcDcÍQ1!cU DB5 _1VcDU5 OVcI IDcjcBISBHU1 u
H1S û5515IBDCcBHU SUQQOI!1D CIcûI1D_ IH15 ucWIcXI.
¾cWOUÍU BÍSOÍ1KcIOQmI1IUÍBIÍjlDBuKÄI.JOc)ûDKJDS,11IcCIOIBDG
IDc LODScI¨ûI1OD 1UDU5 1Ic5DWBIcI 1DSIJIUIc {hDcQHcIU5IOWD¸ ¾N) WDO
5UQQOIIcU IHc GcVcÍOQHcDI ûLGWI1I1D_ O1 IDc cB¡Í¡cI DOOK ¨!cI1IIUÍûI1D_
PQUBCUÍIU¡c hj5IcH5¯ {QuDÌ15DcU 1D 2002) 8DG WHO cO-5QOD5O¡cG IDc
LODcÍÍ-1¡CSDWBIcI!u5I1IUIchDOII LOUI5c!IOD 1999, WD¡CD1D5I1_BIcUIDc
WI1I1H_ O1 IDc Û¡5I IcXI (Wc _OI I1¡cG O1 QI1HI1H_ 5O DBHjDBDGOuI5¸ 5O Wc
WIOIc IDcDOOK 1D5IcBU)

³Dc Û¡5I IcXIWB5 11HBHC1BÍÍj5UQQOIIcU1D QB¡I Dj
IDc1OIIDcB5IcO1 Hc_¡OuBÍ 1QUBCUÍIUIC LCDIcI BHU CODI¡HUc5 IO U15II1DUIc
IDc DOOK. PÎ5O IO IHc ÏH11h {ÌûIU1|Í Hc5OUICc5, 1_I1Cu1D0c¸ BDG
1Lg1DCCI1u_ hcIV1Cc5, B 1BDU !I0D\ \U\!CBCD QIO_IBD, ÍIDBCB¸ 1`, 5cC
WWW.1!1¢h.OI@1O!BCODQÍcIcÍ15IO1BVBJÍBDÎcQUDÌJCBI1OH5BLUIc5OUICc
1BICJ1ûÌ5)WHO_C c0IhcMCOÍ5OHCHBIcI1BÍ5QIcV1OU5ÎjQUDÍ\5JcU1D
1!11h-¬¬¨LD_1HccI1u_ PSQcCI5 O1 1HIcHS\Vc PQUBCUÎIU!c¯.
¾c OWc B UccQ UcDI O1_IBI1IUGc IO 1I. HBuÎ 11cGIBD1IB(1IO1c55OI
1cQBIIHcDI O1 Ï1O1O_1CBÍ BDG1_!1CUÎIUIBÍ 1D_1DCIJD_¸ 1H1VcI51IjO1
LBÍ11OO11B¸ LBV¡5¸ LP 95616 1.h.1. QDOHc 530-752-2780, 1-DB1Í
IDQ1cUIBD1IB@UCUBV15.cGu) WDO CBIc1uÍÍj cG1IcU IDc cHI1Ic IcXI,ChBQIcI
DjCDBQ\cI(ID15 WB5 IO Dc BDÎc IOIIBD5ÎBIcIDccHI¡IcIcXI 1DIO hQBD15D¸
CU!IcHIÍj BVB1ÍBDÍc ÍOD WWW.I-B-V.ucI)¸ BDU HBUcHBHj IDOu_DIÍ!\
5U__cSI1Ou5 BDG COIIcCIcU HûDj H1SIBKc5 WcDBG OVcI-ÍOOKcG ²DBDK
jOU HBU\''PHU¸\DcDM. LI\KÍOgBCHC {Hj IcCcHI _IBUUBIc 5\UUcD\] U\U
B !LûÌ IcXI cG\I\H_ BuCCOuVcISIOHO1 QIcV1OU5 11¡c5 1uIO CBDcIû 1cûUj
1OJ1û! !OI IHc QI1uIc!. ²DBHK jOU1I1K!
11DûÍÍj¸WcWOUÍG Í1KcIOcXQIc55 OuI lJBuK5IO IDc 5cVcIBÍIcV1cWcITO1
IDc ÛJ5I IcXI IDBIDBGc IDcDOOKBS QIBCIJCBÎBDU COHQÌcIcB5 QO551DÍc.\U!
IDûDK5 _O IO cBCD O1 !DCH.
vi Acknowledgements
John Ewart Extension
Donald Wcbstcr Extension
Michacl Iannello Industr y
Jerry Redden Industry
Glenn Snapp and Industry
Terry McCarthy
Thomas Losordo Research
Gordon Durant Goverment
William Foulkrod Secondary
Education
Aquaculture Extension Specialist,
Delaware Sea Grant Marine
Advisory Service, Graduate
College of Marine Studies,
University of Delaware.
Marine Science Educator,
University of Maryland
Cooperative Extension
General Manager, Fingerlakes
Aquaculture, Groton, NY
Director, Worcester County
Economic Development Offce,
Snow Hill, MD 21863
E-mail: ecodevo@ezy.net
Past Manager, AquaMar,
Pocomoke, MD
Owners, Water Management
Technologies,
Baton Rouge, LA
Professor, North Carolina State
University
Fish Culture Coordinator-Technical
Development, Fish Culture Section,
Fish and Wildlife Branch, Ontario
Ministry ofNatural Resources
Teacher, Secondary Education,
Syracuse, NY
vu
We would also like tothankseveral individuals who made contributions
to the book, specifically:
Chapter 4 Culture Units:
• Dr. Steven T. Summerfelt. Director, Aquaculture Systems
Research The Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute, 1098
Turer R�ad, Shepherdstown, WV 25443; 304-876-2815 ph; 304-
870-2208 fax; E-mail s.summerfelt@feshwaterinstitute.org
Chapter 5 Solids Capture:
• Dr. Steven 3. Summerfelt and Dr. Brian Vinci. The
Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute, 1098 Turer Road,
Shepherdstown, WV25443; 304-876-2815 ph; 304-870-2208 m,
E-mail s.summerfelt@freshwaterinstitute.org or
b.vinci@freshwaterinstitute.org
Chapter 9 Denitrifcation:
• Dr. Jaap van Rijn. Head, Department of Animal Sciences, The
Robert H. Smith Facully of Agricultre, Food and Environment,
The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, P.O. Box 12, Rehovot 76100,
Israel. voice: 972-8-9489302, E-mail: Vanrijn@agri.huji.ac.il
Chapter 1 1 Ozonation and UV-Irradiation:
• Dr. Helge Liltved. Research Manager, Environmental Technology;
Norwegian Institute for Water Research, Branch Office South,
Televeien 3, N-4879 Grimstad, Norway; Interet ·
http://www.niva.no; Phone: +47 9 1576029; E-mail:
helge.liltved@niva.no
• Dr. Steven T. Summerfelt. Director, Aquaculture Systems
Research, The Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute, 1 098
Turner Road, Shepherdstown, WV 25443; 304-876-2815 ph; 304-
870-2208 fax; E-mail: s.summerfelt@freshwaterinstitute.org
Chapter 15 System Management and Operations:
• Mr. Don Webster. Marine Science Educator, Sea Grant Extension
Program, University of Maryland Cooperative Extension, Wye
Research & Education Center, PO Box 169, Queenstown MD
21658; Phone: 410-827-5377 ext 127; E-mail: dwebster@umd.edu
• Dr. J0c M. Regenstein. Professor, Department of Food Science,
Corell University, Ilhaca, NY 14853; E-mail: jmr9@corell.edu
N11ì Acknowledgements
Chapter 16 Fish Health Management:
• Dr.
_
Julie Bebak-Williams (VMD, PhD). Veterinary Medical
OfiCer, USDA ARS, AAHRU, 990 Wire Rd., Aubur, AL 36832;
phone PH: 334-887-3741; E-mail: julie.bebak@ars.usda.gov
• Dr . Alicia C. Noble, Consulting Veterinarian, Freshwater Institute,
Shepherdstown, WV, USA; E-mail: anoble@earthlink.net.
• Dr. Paul R. Bowser. Fish Pathologist and Professor of Aquatic
Animal Medicine, College of Veterinary Medicine Cornell
University. Dr. Bowser is also one of the project lead�rs of the
Aquatic Animal Health Program at Corell University:
Aquatic Animal Health Program:
htt./ /web. vet. corell. edu/ubl ic/FishDisease/ A quat icProg
AQUA VETProgram: http://www.aquavetmed.info/
Phone 607-253-4029; E-mail: prb4@comell.cdu
• Mr.
_
G
_
reg Wooster. Research Technician, College of Veterinary
Med1cme, Corell University, Ithaca, NY 14853; phone 607-253-
4028; E-mail: gaw5@cornell.edu
Chapter 18 Fish Nutrition and Feeding:
• Dr. H. George Ketola. Research Physiologist, Tunison Laboratory
of Aquatic Science, USGS, Great Lakes Science Center Cortland
NY and Adjunct Assistant Professor, Department �f Naturai
Resources, Corell University, Ithaca, NY
• Dr. Paul D. Maugle. P. D. M. and Associates, Norich CT
Chapter 19 Aquaponics:
• Dr. James Rakocy. University of the Virgin Islands, Agricultural
Experiment Station. K, Box 10000. Kingshill, St. Croix, VI
00850. E-mail: jrakocy@uvi.edu
Appendix: Software and Computing:
• Ms. Rosa Aguirre, Aquacul ture Consultant. Sacramenta CA. E­
mail: rosedolores@gmail.com
I7
The original version of this publication was supported by the
Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension Service
(CSREES), U.S. Depattment of Agriculture, under Agreement No. 97-
38500-4641, awarded to theNortheaster Regional Aquaculture Center
(NRAC).NRAC was located at the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth
at that time, but is currently located at the University ofMaryland College
Park, Maryland. Any opinions, findings, conclusions, orrecommendations
expressed in this publication arc those ofthe authors and do not necessarily
reflect the views ofthe U.S. Department of Agriculture, theNortheastern
Regional Aquacultre Ccntcr, or the University of Maryland.
7
Acknowledgement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ................................................................................................. i
Ackno\ledgcmcnts .............................................. ...................................... ^
Chapter 1: Introduction to Recirculating Aquaculturc Technology
1.0 Background ................. . ...... .............................. ....................... )
1.1 The Optimist ic View ............................................................... 2
1.2 Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) ............................. 2
1.3 RAS Advantages ......... ............................................................ó
1.4 World Market Needs ............ ................................................. 10
1.5 Market Dynamics . . . . ................ .............................................. 11
1.6 Overview of Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) ... ... 13
1. 7 Can RAS Compete ....... ......................................... ................ 15
1.8 Is Aquaculture For You ......................................................... 22
1.9 Some Quick Case Histories ...................................................23
1.10 History Lesson on Failures .......... .......... ... ............................. 24
1.11 Interact ions Between Objectives, Resources, Business
Strategy, and Design ........................................... ................... 26
1.12 Tem1inology and nomcnclature ............................................. 28
1.13 Websites for Reference .......................................................... 30
1.14 Summary and the Comell Short Course .... ........................... .35
1.15 Refcrences ............................ ................................................. 37
Chapter 2: Water Quality
2.0 Introduction ..... ................. ............. ........................................ 39
2.1 Physical Properties ................................................................40
2.2 Water Quantity Requirements .............................................. .42
2.3 Water Sources ...................................... ..................................44
2.4 Water Quality Standards ................................. .......... .... ........ .47
2.5 Water Quality Parameters ....... ...... ...................... .. . . . . . .. . . ........ 50
2.6 Mcasurerent s .......... .. . .. ............ ............................................. 66
xi
xii
Table of Contents
Chapter 3: Mass Balances, Loading Rates and Fish Growth
3.0 Introduction ........................................................................... 79
3.1 Production Terms .................................................................. 87
3.2 Water Quality Design Targets ............................................... 88
3.3 Fish Growth ....................................................... .................... 95
3.4 Design Exainples ................................................................. lOI
3.5 References ........................................................................... 1 J 5
Chapter 4: Culture Units
4.0 Introduction ......................................................................... 119
4.1 CultureTanks ...................................................................... l20
4.2 Stocking Density ................................................................. 123
4.3 Design Examples ................................................................. 127
4.4 Culture Tank Engineering ................................................... 129
4.5 Tank Water Vclocitics ......................................................... l30
4.6 Round Tans ........................................................................ l34
4.7 Corcll Dual-Drain Design .................................................. l44
4.8 Raccways ..................... . ................... .................................... 15l
4.9 Carrying Capacity Issues ..................................................... 163
4.10 Stock Management Iss½es................................................... 165
4.11 Scale Issues .......................................................................... 166
4.12 Mechanisms To Remove Dead Fish .................................... 167
4.13 References ........................................................................... 170
Chapter 5: Solids Capture
5.0 Overview ............................................................................. 177
5.1 Solids Balance ..................................................................... 180
5.2 Basic Design Parameters for Round Tanks ......................... 182
5.3 Solids Generation ......... .................................. ..................... 183
5.4 TSS Physical Characteristics ............................................... l83
5.5 Removal Mechanisms ........................................... .............. 185
5.6 Design Example-Solids Capture ....................................... 224
5.7 References ......................................... .................................. 234
Table of Contents
Chapter 6: Waste ManagemÝnt ðDisposal
6.0 Introduction ......................................................................... 245
6.1 EPA Effluent Limitation Guidelines - 2004 ........................ 247
6.2 Waste Management .............................................................250
6.3 Waste Characteristics .......................................................... 251
6.4 Waste Management Overview ............................................ 253
6.5 Storage, Thickening, And Stabilization ............................... 253
6.6 Utilization/Disposal ............................................................. 276
6. 7 Design Example-GeoBags . . .............................................. 279
6.8 References ........................................................................... 283
Chapter 7: Bioflltration
7.0 Introduction ...................................... ................................... 293
7. L Nitrifcation (Autotrophic Bacteria) .................................... 293
7.2 Nitrifcation (Microbial Floc) .............................................. 300
7.3 Impact of Water Quality Factors on Nitrifcation ............... 303
7.4 Bioflters .............................................................................. 309
7.5 References ........................................................................... 332
Chapter ö: Biofllter Design
8.0 Introduction ................................. . . . . ................... . . . .............. 337
8.1 Generalized Engineering Considerations ............................ 338
8.2 Deign Parameters: ¼b¢dyou start? ............................. 340
8.3 Design Example: Biofltration ............................................. 347
8.4 Design Example: Trickling Tower ...................................... 348
8.5 Design Example: RBC ........................................................ 353
8.6 Design Example-Floating Bead Bioflter .......................... 354
8. 7 Basic Design Concepts: Fluidized-Bed Sand Bioflter .. . . . .. 358
8.8 Design Example: Microbead Bioflter. ................................ 378
8.9 Design Example: Moving Bed BioReactor ......................... 380
8.10 References ........................................................................... 382
xiii
xiv Table of Contents
Chapter 9: Denitrification
9.0 Introduction ...... .......... ......................................................... 387
9. 1 Background ... ......................................................................388
9. 2 Unit Processes for Denitrification ....................................... 392
9. 3 Factors Controlling Denitrification ..................................... 396
9.4 Effect ofDenitrification on Alkalinit ........................ ....... .400
9.5 Effect of Denitrification on Phosphate Removal... ..............402
9.6 Effluent versus On-line Treatment ..................................... .403
9.7 Types ofReactors .................. ............................................. .404
9.8 MBBR Processes for Denitrifcation .................................. .407
9.9 Design ofDenitrifcation Reactors ................... .................. .410
9.10 Design Example ................................ ................................. .412
9. 1 1 References ..................... ...................................................... 41 7
Chapter 10: Gas Transfer
10.0 Introduction . ....................................................................... .425
1 0. 1 Dissolved Gases -Fundamentals ....................................... .426
10.2 Gas Transfer ..................... ...................................................436
l0.3 Gas Transfer Optious ................. ......................................... . 441
10.4 Degassing: Carbon Dioxide (Nitrogen) ............................... 456
10.5 Design Example-Aeration/Oxygenation .......................... .466
10.6 References ... .................. ...... ....... ......................................... 467
Chapter 11: Ozontion and UV-Irradiation
11.0 Introduction ....... ......... ......... .. ....... ... .. ..... ................... .......... 471
11.1 UV Irradiation .....................................................................471
1 1 .2 Ozonation . . ........... . . ....... ........... .. ................................ ........ .474
11.3 Factor Influencing Disinfection Effeciency ....................... .489
11.4 Aquaculture Wastewater Characterization ..................... .... .493
11.5 Inactivation Of Fish Pathogens ............................. ............. .494
1 1 .6 Other Methods of Disinfection ............................................ 501
1l.7 Design Example Influent Treatment .......................... ..... .... 505
1 1 .8 Conclusions . . . . . . ....................... . . .. ........................................ 508
1 1 .9 References ...... .................... .. . . . . ........................................... 509
Table of Contents
Chapter 12: Fluid Mechanics and Pumps
12.0 Fluid Mechanics .................. ................................................ 5 17
12. 1 Frictional Losses ....................... ........................... ................ 521
12. 2 Fitting Losses ............................. . . . ...................................... 526
12.3 Design Example: Head Loss. ........... ...................... .............533
12.4 Measurement ofFiow .................. . . ... .. .................................536
12.5 Pumps and Pumping .... .............. ........................................ ..544
12.6 Airlift Pumps .......... ..... .. .......................... ............... ............. 553
12.7 Design Example- Circulation .............................. ............... 556
12. 8 References .. ... ...................................................................... 56 1
Chapter 13: System Monitoring and Control
13.0 Introduction ......................... .......... .......................... ....... ..... 563
13.1 Parameters to Monitor ................ ............ ............... ....... ....... 564
13.2 Monitoring Sensors and Equipment Options .......................570
13.3 Automatic Phone Dialers ..................................................... 576
13.4 Backups Systems are not an Option! ............. ...................... 578
13.5 Computer Based Systems ....... ......... . ......... .. .......... .............. 581
13.6 Design Example-Monitoring .... . . . .. ................................... 584
1 3.7 System Design and Maintenance .................. ................. ...... 585
13.8 Construction Hints ...............................................................586
Chapter 14: Building Environmental Control
14.0 Introduction ..... .................... .... ..... . . ............ .... ..................... 589
14 . 1 Heat Transfer .................. .................................................. ... 59 1
14.2 Air Quality Control ............................................................. 594
14.3 Building Considerations ...................................................... 599
Chapter 15: System Management and Operations
15.0 Introduction and Site selection ............................................ 603
15.1 Backup Systems ................................. . . .. ............... ..............604
15. 2 Labomto)1am!mcs ............. .. .. ...... ..................................... 6 1 1
15.3 Quarantine Facilities .... ... . . .. ....................... ...................... .... 61 3
15.4 Waste Management ................ : ............................................ 61 3
7Y
7À1 Table of Contnt
15. 5 Storage-Feed and Chemicals ............................................ 614
15. 6 Fish Product Handling ......................................................... 61 5
15.7 Transporting Live Fish ........................................................ 617
15.8 Purging and Of-Flavor ....................................................... 640
15.9 Post Harvest Handling ......................................................... 641
15. 10 Feed Storage ........................................................................ 643
1 5. 1 1 Handling Fish ...................................................................... 645
1 5. 1 2 Labor . . . . .. . .. .......................................................................... 646
1 5. 1 3 Acccss .. ................................................................................ 64 7
15. 14 Operations ........................................................................... 647
1 5. 1 5 Miscellaneous Operations ................................................... 655
15. 16 Record Keeping and Maintenance ............... ........................ 656
15. 17 How t Collect, Analyze &Interpret Data ..... . .................... 661
1 5. 1 8 Care and Use of Laboratory Animals .................................. 662
15. 19 References ........................................................................... 662
Chapter 1ó: 1ishHealth Management
16.0 Biosecurity ........................................................................... 663
16.1 Practices to Reduce the Risk of Pathogen Introduction ...... 665
16.2 Practices to Reduce Pathogen Spread .................................. 671
16.3 Reducing Susceptibility to Infection and Disease ............... 674
16.4 Monitoring and Surveillance ...................................... . .. ...... 675
16.5 Biosecurity Check ............................................................... 679
16.6 Diagnosis ................................................. . .. . .. ...................... 683
16.7 Treatment. ............................................................................ 692
16.8 Aquaculture Chemotherapeutics ......................................... 696
16.9 Treatment Calculations ........................ ................................ 701
16. 10 Fish Disease Diagnostic Services ........................................ 705
16. 1 1 References ............. .............................................................. 706
Chapter 17: Economic Realities and Management Issues
17.0 Introduction ......... .. .............................................................. 707
17. 1 Case History of Fingerlakes Aquaculture (FLA) LLC........ 707
17. 2 Lessons Leared .................................................................. 709
Table ofContents
17.3 Investment Choices .............................................................713
17.4 Species Selection ................................................................. 714
17.5 Competitiveness of RAS ..................................................... 715
17.6 Infastructure &Capitalization ............................................ 716
17.7 Scale Effects and Risk ......................................................... 725
17. 8 Labor Requirements ....................... . ....... .................. ........... 728
17.9 Predicted Costs ofProduction ............................................. 729
17. 10 Predicted Costs ofRAS Produced Tilapia ........................... 735
1 7. 1 1 Economic Comparison to Broilers and Catfsh ................... 739
17. 12 References ........................................................................... 742
Chapter Iö: Fish Nutrition and Feeds
18.0 Introduction ............... .. .................... ... . .......... . .. . . .. ............... 743
1 8. 1 Feed Management .......................... ..................................... 743
18.2 Selection ............................................ . ................................. 745
18.3 Growth Performance . . ..................... ................. . .................. 747
18.4 Feed Quality ........................................................................ 748
18.5 Physical Characteristics ............ .................... ....................... 749
18.6 Practical Feed Formulation ................ ............................... . .. 751
18.7 Important Aspects Of Aquaculture Feeds ........................... 758
18.8 Physiological Relationships . ........................... . . .. . . .. ............. 762
18. 9 Water Chemistry And Dietary Needs .................................. 765
18. 10 Functional Ana mDigetion ............................ .. .. ....... 767
1 8. 1 1 Minerals .......... ... ....... ......................... . ........... . . .. .................. 770
18. 12 Vitamins .............................................................................. 773
18. 13 F eedstuf Selection ............. . . . . .. ........................................... 782
18. 14 Feedstuff Digestibility ......... . .... . ... . . . .. ... .......... ..................... 791
18. 15 Pelleted, Expanded and Extruded Feeds ............................. 796
18. 16 Floating Feeds . . ....... .. . . . .. ... . . . . .. . . . ............................... .... ...... 799
18. 17 Summary ............................................................... .............. 80 I
1 8. 1 8 Bctcrcuccs.......... ·-···--·--·--·............................................... 80 1
xvii
xviii Table of Contnts
Chapter 19: Aquaponics: Integrating Fish and Plant Culture
19.0 Introduction ......................................................................... 807
19. 1 SystemDesign ..................................................................... 810
19.2 Fish Production .................................................................... 815
19.3 Solids .......................... ......................................................... 821
19.4 Biofltration ........................................................ .. .. . .. . . . .. . . .. . 826
19.5 Hydroponic Subsystems ...................................................... 830
1 9.6 Sump ............................ ........................................................ 834
19.7 Construction Materials ........................................................ 835
19.8 · Component Ratios . . . . .. .. ....................................................... 836
19.9 Plant Growth Requirements .......................... . . .. .. . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . 839
1 9. 10 Nutrient Dynamics .............................................................. 841
19. 1 1 Vegetable Selection ............................................................. 846
19.12 Crop Production Systems .................................................... 850
19. 13 Pest and Disease Control .. ................................................... 850
19.14 Approaches to System Design ............ .. . .. .. . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. .. . . 852
19. 15 Economics . . .. . . . .................................................................... 858
19. 16 Prospects For The Future ..................................................... 860
19. 1 7 References ...................... .................................................... 861
Appendix
Appendix Directory . . .. . . .. . .. ............................................................... 865
1ocles
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
Conversion �actors For Conunonly
Used Terms in Aquaculture ..................................................... 867
Fish Health Conversion Factors ............................................... 874
Broad List of Conversion Factors: Inch:Pound (IP) to System
Interational (SI) ...................................................................... 875
Physical Properties of Water ................................................... 877
Percentage of Free Ammonia (as NI-h) in Freshwater at Varying
pH and Water Temperatures .................................................... 878
Dissolved Oxygen (mg 02 per Liter, ppm) at Saturation in
Freshwater, Brackish Water, and Seawater at Different
Temperatures ........................................................................... 879
Hardness Conversion to Other Units of Measure .................... 880
Table of Contents
A-8 Standard U.S. Atmospheric Pressure at Different Altitudes .... 880
A-9 Alkalinity Supplement Properties ........... ................................. 881
A-10 Opening Sizes ofU.S. Sieve Series Designation Number. ...... 882
A-ll Dry Air Components ............................................................... 882
A-12 Solubility of Four Major Gases in Water ................................. 882
A-13 Maximum and Minimum Monthly Average Outside
Temperatures for Selected USA Locations in Degrees ° ....... 883
A-14 Unit Area Thermal Resistance's (R-Values) ofTyical Building
Construction and Insulation Materials .................................... 884
A-15 Allowable Concentrations of Carbon Dioxide at Standard
Temperature and Pressure to the Nearest 25 ppm .................. 885
A-16 Valve Basics and Selection Tips . . . .......................................... 886
A-17 Plastic Properties for Various Types of Pipes ......................... 887
A-18 Size and Properties of PVC Pipe Schedule 40 and 80 ............. 888
A-19 PVC Pipe Friction Chart for Pipe and Length Loss for Schedule
40 ............................................................................................. 889
A-20 PVC Pipe Friction Chart for Pipe and Length Lss for Schedule
80 ................................................ ............................................. 890
A-21 Tank Volumes for Various Depths and Diameters ................. 891
A-22 Temperature Equivalents Between Celsius and Fahrenheit .... 892
A-23 Electrical Measurements .......................................................... 893
A-24 Maximum length of wire in feet for 2% maximum voltage drop.
If voltage drop is greater than 2%, effciency of the equipment in
the circuit is severely decreased and the life of the equipment
will be decreased ..................................... ................................ 894
A-25 Current caring capacity of hard-usage flexible cords (Type S,
ST, SO, STO, SJ, SJT, SJO, SJTO) ......................................... 895
A-26 Full load currents in amperes for single phase altrating-current
notors ...................................................................................... 895
A-27 Full load currents in amperes for three phase squirrel cage and
wound rotor motors ................................................................. 895
A-28 Recommended pipe sizes for standard air (0.075 lbs/f3) for
three pipe air velocities ........................... ................................. 896
A-29 Area Under the Normal Distribution Curve ............................ 897
A-30 Percentage Points of the Student's t-Distribution .................... 899
xix
77
Table ofContents
SupplementalJn¡ormo!¡on
Determining Statistical Signifcance ............................................... 900
Factors to Investigate Prior to Site Selection .................................. 905
Calculating Volume of Round Tanks ............................................. 906
Laboratory Safety Procedures ......................................................... 908
Information Resources for Aquaculture .......................................... 915
Brief Description of Sofware . . . . . ................................................... 922
Glossary
Definition o
_
fTerms Used in Aquaculture ...................................... 925
Summa

y
_
List of Symbols .............................................................. 929
AbbreviatiOns/nits ........................................................................ 935
1µd¢\. .. . . . . . .. .. ......................................................................................... 939

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION TO RECIRCULATING
AQUACULTUE TECHNOLOGY
1.0 BACKGROUND
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RS) have evolved over the
past thirty years through research and development by university and
commercial research and demonstration facilities and through continuous
refinement of each subsystem process. The two pr:mæ authors and the
other contributors to this text have been at the forefont of this activity.
The focus of our work has been on developing RAS tat can produce
food fsh on an economically competitive basis. But in addition, the
content of this book has generally applicable to all forms of aquaculture.
The US is known for being a leader in agriculture and agriculture is
the leading economic business sector in the economy of several states.
However, over the past several decades, the number of farms has
continued to shrink as individual fnns become larger and larger and
animal productivity continues to increase. Icr example, New York had
5,620 dairy farms in 2008, compared to 8,700 dairy fms in 2001, and
13,000 daity farms in 1988, while the total number of cows being milked
only decreased about 22% (from� 800,000 to 626,000 cows; NYhas 6.7
of the total US cows). Aquaculture is stil! seen as a possible alterative
agricultural enterprise in the USA, but remains as being a signifcant
challenge to do s in W proftble manner. We believe that indoor
aquaculture in particular offers an opportunit for foodproduction in the
USA, but must be approached with caution and by the prospective
aquacultmalist doing their "homework" frst. This book can be an
excellent starting point for those considering commercial aquaculture or
any for of aquaculture, even at the hobby level. Chapter I 7 is an in
depth discussion on the economics of aquaculture and some personal
experiences fromthe authors. We hope you enjoy reading the rest of the
book.
In this chapter, we'll review some basic background in aquaculture,
some market reafities, and ft market opportunities. We'll conclude
with some standard defnitions and websites for further information.
Finally, this book is an updated ver.sion of the original text we wrote
several years ago (Til1 ons, et al., 2002). The "Yellow Book" has been
extensively rewritten to reflect the latest information available from
2
Chapter I Intruction
research universities and commercial equipment suppliers. In addition,
tvo new chapters on biofltration and denitrification have been added
and a consistent design example for an Omega Fish Commercial
Production System. Some chapters remain largely the same, for example
�hapter 3 Mass Balances, Loading Rates, and Fish Growth. Some things
JUSt never change!
1.1 THE OPTIMISTIC VIEW
Peter F. Dmcker, a world recognized business leader and economic
fo!ecaster, predicts that aquaculture -the farming of nquatic organisms­
will be one of three major economic opportunities in the new
millennium. Everyone everywhere is either eating more fsh or thinking
they should! Changes in dietary patters and the fact that the US Surgeon
General now recommends eating fsh as a signifcant protein source for
the diet are strong indicators that opportunities in aquaculture will
continue to expand. The US catfish industry is a ready example of how
fast aquaculture fish markets can grow; i.e., this market grew by 100,000
tons (220 million lbs) in the mid 90's. The Chilean salmon industry has

rown from $159 million industry in 1991 to exporting over $1. 7 billion
m 2005, and now employs 53,000 people. The production of tilapia has
been exponential in the last several years to the point that the US market
demand for tilapia has gone from essentially nothing to importing the
equ1va!ent of270,000 tons (600 million lbs) in year 2005.
We believe that aquaculture is the most probable and feasible
solution to providing the seafood products for this ever increasing market
demand and shrinking supply of product from the oceans. Aquaculture is
an environmentally responsible alterative to fishing. It provides a
consistent and reliable source of high quality, fresh seafood that is
nutritious, safe to eat, and can be reasonably priced.
1.2 RECIRCULATING AQUACULTUR SYSTEMS (RAS)
Fisheries products are the last mass marketed food being supplied to
consumers by "hunter-gatherers". This method of bringing product to
market is rapidly becoming obsolete, and i s no longer able to meet
cunent market needs. As a result, aquaculturc is the fastest growing
segment of agriculture, and is now supplying over half of all seafood
consumed (see Table l . l ). Note that when the portion of wild catch used
for animal feeds is removed (33% of total), aquaculture supplied seafood
accounts for 45% of the total supply.
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) 3
Table 1.1 Contributions from Wild Catch ad Aquaculture (fsheries data from
the FAO Fisheries Global lnfom1ation System site, Nu¸20I0
www.fao.orL
fi�is�
Million Ton
Production 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2007
2020
estimated
Wild Catch 19.2 34.7 63.7 68.2 85.9 96.8 99.3 129.8
"
Aquaculture 0.6 2.0 3.5 7.3 16.8 45.7 55.4 103.2
1
Total 19.8 36.7 67.2 75.5 1 02.7 142.5 154.7 233.0
%from
3% 5% 5% 1 0% 16% 32% 36% 44%
Aquaculture
World
Population 2.556 3.040 3.709 4.453 5.283 6.082 6.670 7.202
(billions)
Per Capita
Food Fish 5.2 8.0 1 2. 1 1 1 .3 12.9 15.6 1 7.0 17. l
c
sue
y
, ^J
N: Approximately 33% of the Capture Fish a converted to fish meal/oil
Assumes 1.5% increase in capture fisheries production per year (Delgado et al.
2002)
8 Assumes 2.8% increase in aquaculture production per year (Dclgado et al. 2002)
cAs projected by Delgado et al. (2002)
AQUACULTUR SYSTEMS
Seafood is only as good as the water in which it lives. Aquaculturists
contol the quality of the water, so the seafood they produce can be fiee
of environmental contaminants. Consumers have demonstrated a marked
preference for cultured/farmed seafood because it i s more consistent in
quality and presentation and i t tends to have a milder taste than wild
seafood.
Aquaculture systems can be extensive, semi-intensive, or intensive,
depending upon the number of organisms grown per volume of water
and the water source and supply. Pond culture is extensive, cage culture
is semi-intensive but intensive within the cage, and RAS are intensive
systems. Pond and cage systems are open-air, and therefore there is
always a risk of air or water-borne contaminants. Because water qunlity
control is more difficult in pond and cage systems, the number of
4 Chapter 1 Intoduction
organisms that can be gown effectively is limited. In t his book as noted
by the title, we arc concentrating on recirculatiog aquaculture systems
(RAS). The principles of RAS for the water environment can be
employed in the open air, but you lose total control of the environment.
Typical Raceway type system
Conventional aquaculturc methods, such as outdoor pond systems
and net pen systems, are not sustainable in the long term, due to
significant environmental issues and their inability to guarantee the
safety c! their products to the ccnsumcr. Conversely, indoor fish
production using RAS is sustainable, infinitely expandable,
cnvironmentaJJy compatible, and has the ability to guarantee both the
safety and the quality of the fsh produced throughout the year.
Outdoor pond (warm water systems, e.g., catfish) and net pen
aquacultme systems (cool water, e.g., salmon) are disadvantaged by
their:
• Large footprint requirements
• Limited appropriate natural sites

Environmental issues with respect to the management of the fish
excrement
• Geographical limitations due to the need for a perfect growing
climate
• Vulnerability to disease, predators, and natUTal disasters via their
outdoor uncontrollable environment
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) 5
Typical net-pen aquaculture
Outdoor pond and net pen-based systems are significantly
disadvantaged with respect to the potential for disease, which could
result in culture loss. Diseases in fish systems arc transferred by direct
water contact with diseased organisms. Indoor systems start with po t able
water and unless diseased fsh or fish carrying diseases are introduced
into the culure system, there is minimal potential for disease
introduction. And if there is a disease event, effective treatment is much
more manageable tban what a fish cultralist faces with traditional
outdoor systems.
The outdoor pond and net pen-based systems are also disadvantaged
by their inability to supply a consistent product due to difficulties
controlling the growing cycles, which then creates peaks and valleys ci
supply available to the market. Finally, issues related to escapement are
of major concer: particularly with biotechnology modified species. In
such cases, RAS becomes the only acceptable culture technique because
the animals cannct escape Û moor RAS and will, therefore, not have
any impact on the natural popuiations.
6 Chapter I Introduction
Typical pond aquaculture operation
(note levees in Þackground to separate ponds)
1.3 RS 1OVA`3AL1S
Indoor RS offers the advantage of raising fish in a controlled
environment, permitting controlled product growth rates and predictable
harvesting schedules. RS consere heat and water through water reuse
afer reconditioning by biological filtration using bioflters. RS allow
effective economies of scale, which results in the highest production per
unit area and per unit worker of any aquaculure system. RS are
environmentally sustainable; they use 90-99% less water than
conventional aquaculture systems; less than 1% of the land area; and
provide for environmentally safe waste management treatment. Table 1.2
provides a comparison of water used per kg of fish produced. The RS
assumes a tilapia culture system with a density of 100 kg/m
3
, a 1%
feeding rate, and a feed conversion of 1 to 1 and a system volume
discharge rate of 5% per day. Some current commercial RS are using
less water (2 or 3% system discharge per day and of course some use
much more), higher densities and similar feed conversions. RS allow
year-round production of consistent volumes of product, and complete
climate control of the environment. Because RS can be set up to
RSAdvantages 7
produce the same volume of fsh every week, week in and week out, they
have a competitive advantage over outdoor tank and pond systems,
which are seasonal and sporadic in harvest.
Table 1.2 WÜtcr and Land Use Per kg of Production of Aquaculture Products
and a RelativcComparison to u¬ Intensive RAS Tilapia 1m(RS
assumed to dischar
g
e 5% ofs@stem volume
p
er da
Species and System Production Water Ratio of System's
0. niloticus
(ile tilapia)
RS
p
roduced
0 nilolicus
(Nile tilapia)
ponds
I punctatus
(Channel catfish)
ponds
S gairdneri
(Rainbow trout)
raccways
Panaeid shrimp
pond
(Taiwan)
Intensity rcquired Land or Water Use
to RAS Use
(kga/ y)
(Liter/
g
) Land Water
1,340,000. 50
17,400 21 ,000 77 420
3,000 3,000-5,000 448 80
150,000 21 0,000 9 4,200
1 1 ,000-
320 4,200-1 1 ,000
21 ,340
177
"does not account for land used external to Þuilding space
RS designed aquaculture systems are infnitely scalable. There arc
no environmental limitations to the size of the intended fsh farm to be
built because waste streams are controllable in environmentally
sustainable ways.
RS ofr a high degree of environmental control. This not only
mitigates the risks of outdoor aquaculturc (natural disaster, pollution, and
disease) but also allows for optimized species growth on a year-round
basis. A similar optimization can be observed in the domestic poultry
industry, where cæc were biought indoors and the cost of
environmental control was more than recovered by higher growth rates,
improved feed conversion, and more effcient use of labor. This is
demonstrated by the fact that broiler growers produce I ,000,000 kg of
chicken per man-year of effort. In addition to the growth advantages
afforded by RS technology, the low environmental impact of these
8 Chapter 1 Introduction
systems means that they can be built closer to the consumer and
replicated rapidly.
Indoor aquaculture is probably the only potential method that could
be used to ensure a 100% safe source of seafood, free from all chemicals
and heavy metals. With increasing consumer concers about food safety,
aquaculture producers using RAS have an unprecedented opportunity to
meet the demands for safe seafood. Attributes of fresher, safer, and
locally raised product arc clear advantages for RAS produced seafood.
Because RAS can be set up to produce the same volume of fish every
week, week in and week out, these systems have a competitive marketing
advantage over outdoor tank and pond systems, which are seasonal and
subject to environmental disaster beyond the control of the operator.
WATER REQUIREMENTS, USE, AND CONSERVATION
Traditional intensive fsh farming systems use fowing water
resources for two purposes:
• to transport oxygen to the fish, and
• to carry the waste produced in the system (metabolic by-products
and other materials) away so that they do not accumulate
in/around the fish Ito undesirable levels.
More recently, the carrying capacity of a flowing water fsh farm has
also become limited by imposition of state or federal discharge
regulations. For example, traditional trout culture requires relatively
large volume water resources to produce fsh in a single-pass tank and
serial-reuse raceway system.
Clear Springs Trout Company
(Buhl, Idaho), established in 1966,
produced 10 million kilograms of
trout in 2004, and is the world's
single largest producer of rainbow
trout for human consumption
(personal communication, Randy
"HULEOF TI1UM"
50 lb production per gal/min
of fow per annum
(6 kg/yr per Lpm)
MacMillan, Clear Springs Food Company). According to MacMillan
(2006), Clear Springs non-consumptively uses 22.6 m
3
/s - (360,000
galmin) of water fow for up to fve serial-reuses through concrete
raceways. The only effluent treatment is either quiescent zone settling
within the raceways or sometimes fll-fow settling following the
raceways. Low phosphorous feeds are used to help minimize efluent
phosphorus and comply with NPDES permit requirements. MacMillan
also said that depending on facility design, they produce 37 to 71 lb (17
to 32 kg) per gpm of flow per annum (4.5 to 8. 5 kg per Lpm).
RS Advantages 9
Fortunately, serial-reuse systems may not have to actually capture
large percentages of waste solids for their average discharge to meet
concentration-based efuent limits on TSS (total suspended solids), even
in Idaho where permits issued by NPDES (National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System-EPA promulgated) limit fsh farm effluents to
monthly average suspended solids concentration of 5 mg!L (net).
Similarly, serial-reuse systems may not have to capture large percentages
of waste solids under typical fsh production levels, i.e., 50 lb production
per year per 1 gal/min or 6 kg/yr per Lpm, because a simple mass
balance shows that only about 5 mg/L of total suspended solids
concentration would be added to the flow if averaged over the entire day.
Also, nutrient limits (P, K, etc.) are becoming a discharge issue.
However, because of the large water volumes used in single-pass and
serial-reuse production systems, it is not realistic for farms such as Clear
Springs Trout Company to remove nutrients from their efuents (IDEQ,
1998). Therefore, some treatment (ofen using setling basins) is used to
ensure that spikes in TSS are not discharged, although overall waste
capture efficicncics may only be 25-50% within serial-reuse systems
(Mudrak, 1981); this topic is discussed in detail in Chapter 5 Solids
Capture.
·
To abate the environmental impact of aquaculture, production
practices and technologies are being adopted to minimize waste
production, conserve water, and concentate wastes into smaller flows
during fsh culture, thus the heightened interest in RAS. As mentioned
above, taditional flowing water systems can produce approximately 6 kg
of fish annually for eve1y 1 Lpm of water fow. By reusing or recycling
80 to 90% of the water prior to discharge, partial-reuse systems can
produce ÖÖ much as 4 kg o!Hshannually for every l Lpm of make-up
water flow, i.e., 400 lb of fsh annually for every gallon per minute of
water fow. And of course in the extreme case where a 100% RAS is
employed, the production is based upon rates of evaporation which
means that several 100 fold increases in production per unit of water can
be achieved compared to fow through production.
Fully recirculating systems, because of their extremely low makeup
water requirements, can readily capture from96% (Heinen et al. 1996) to
100% of the waste produced, depending upon the percentage of make-up
water passed through the system. I comparison, a well operated serial­
reuse raceway system can typically achieve overall waste capture
efficiencies of only 25-50% (Mudrak, 1981 ). Additionally, by using
"Cornell-typc" dual-drain circular culture tanks and either bead flters or
microscreen flters, recirculating systems can produce a much smaller
and more concentrated waste stream, which can be treated more
1 0 Chapter 1 Intoduction
economically and effciently (Timmons et al. 1998; Summerfelt et al.
2000A; 2000B Summerfelt, 1996; 1999). Thus, partial-reuse and fully­
rccirculating systems offer key advantages over traditional fish culture in
serial-reuse raceway systems, including 80-100% reduced water
resource requirements (respectively) and an overall waste capture
efciency of 80-100% (respectively). Also, solids removal from dual­
drain circular tanks is so rapid and effective that partial-reuse and flly­
recirculating systems can treat and retur water to the culture tanks with
<2.0 mg! TSS (Summerfelt et al. 2000A; 2000B). Coldwater
rccirculating technology has now advanced to the point that these
systems can provide a controlled environment with optimized water
temperature, quality, and culture tank velocities (Summerfelt, 1996;
Summcrfclt et al. 2000A; Summerfelt et al. 200 I).
1.4 WORD WAHKTNEEDS
Aquaculture must continue to increase its capacity as the wild catch
is predicted to only marginally increase by 1. 5% yearly over the next 1 5
years (Delgado et al. 2002), which will not supply the needed demand. In
addition, the public is increasingly demanding production of seafood to
be from sustainable methods that are eco-friendly. Our basic thesis is that
RS are the key technology that will allow the world aquaculture
community to supply tbe world per capita needs in seafood over the next
decade and to do so in an environmentally friendly manner (see earlier
Table 1.2 for RAS use of water and land compared to other competing
forms of aquaculture).
RAS produced supply should not be thought of as competing with
the wild catch, but of complimenting the ability of the oceans to supply
some sustainable level of production that must be supplemented by
aquaculture produced product. Trus is not a contest between traditional
fshing methods and new technology. A additional 77 billion kg of
supply is needed by the year 2020 to maintain current world per capita
consumption levels. We predict that 44 billion kg of this demand will be
met through aquaculture.
The recognized defcit in fshery supplied (wild catch) product has
led to concerted efforts to better manage natural fsheries. For the case of
United States and likely appropriate to other counties, Macinko and
Bromlcy (2002) argue that policy makers must recognize that the
American (or country of interest) public owns the nation's fsheries. Poor
management of fishery resources is at the heart of the fishery crisis. The
World Market Needs 11
US (or country of interest) should manage its fsheries as it manages its
other natural resources
Macinko and Bromley acknowledge that managing through an
individual fshing quot approach, IFQ; will only ameliorate te race for
the 'last' fsh. Even with improved management of the ocean resources,
to maintain similar world per capita consumption levels as in 2005 will
require an increase in production from aquaculture of 4 million ton
'
by
the year 2020 (assumes an increase per year of 1.5% in the capture
fsheries and a 2.8% increase in aquaculturc, Delgado et al., 2002).
1.5 WARTÍY^A¾¡C5
With the fshing industry suffering from dramatic reductions in the
supply of wild caught traditional species, alteratives to wild catches
now have a competitive advantage in the marketplace. Where
aquaculture was once viewed as the wave of the fture, it is now
generally accepted as a signifcant source of product. In 2009, more than
half of all the seafood consumed around the world was a product of
aquaculture. ,
The leading forms of dietary protein consumed in the US in 2007
ranked as follows (all expressed on a per capita basis; USDA, 2009; see
http://www.ers.usda.gov/DataFoodConsumption/FoodAvailSpreadsheet
s.htm#mtpcc):
• Beef 65. 1 lb (29.6 kg)
• Chicken 85.4 lb (38.8 kg)
• Pork 50.3 lb (22.9 kg)
• Turkey 17.5 (8.0 kg)
• Seafood 16.3 lb (7.4 kg)
Inconsistent supply and subsequent higher retail costs has kept US
consumption of seafood steady during the 1990's at around 14 to 15
pounds (7 kg) per capita. However, since 2000, there has been a slow but
steady increase from 15.2 lb (6.9 kg) in 2000 to 16.53 lb (7.5 kg) in
2006, which represents over 400 million lb (180,000 ton) increase in
product supply. The wild catch is simply not keeping up with the demand
by the consumers, ad as W mh, the supply of aquacultured seafood
products has risen to meet the demand. Due to the highly favorable
opinion of seafood (most Americans �iew seafood as being healthy); it is
Thisbook wi11 usc:o¬ as I ,000 kg
12 Chater 1 Introduction
thought that the increased supply of cost-effective aquacultured products
may increase overall seafood consumption rates. For example, the tilapia
market is growing because consumers fnd its favor to be delicate and its
texture flaky compared to other species at a time when reduction in the
supply of wild caught traditional species such as cod, haddock, halibut,
and pollock, is forcing utiliza6on of other species. Tilapia are of
paricular interest because they adapt readily to RAS and almost all of
the US production of tilapia is fom RAS, the subject of this book.
United States per capita consumption rates of individual seafood
species is presented in Table 1.3. As indicated in bold typeface,
aquaculture seafood species (shrimp, salmon, catfish and shellfsh) are
becoming a signifcant portion of the $8.8 billion United States seafood
market and have increased market share in contrast to ocean caught
species such as cod.
Table 1.3 CuiTent U.S. Seafood Consumption Rates by Species inPounds
(Bold signifies partial contribution fromaquaculture products, source
National Marine Fisheries Institute, 2009)
2008 2005 2000 1995
Species Rank lbs lbs lbs lbs
Shrimp 1 4.10 4.10 3.20 2.50
Canned
2 2.80 3.10 3.50 3.40
Tuna
Salmon 3 1 .84 2.43 1.58 1. 19
Pollock 4 1.34 1.47 1.59 1.52
Tilapia• 5 1. 19 0.85 NR NR
Catfish 6 0.92 1.03 1.00 0.86
Crabs 7 0.61 0.64 0.38 0.32
Cod 8 0.44 0.57 0.75 0.98
Clams 9 0.43 0.44 0.47 0.57
Flatfish 1 0 0.43 0.37 0.42 0.30
¯ Fillet basis (yield is- 30% QQ tilapia)
The authors predict that the US tilapia industry will soon surpass the
catfsh industry and that eventually, RAS produced tilapia will be
comparable to the US broiler industry that produces 15 billion lbs (6.8
million ton) per year of chicken. This is because RAS will continue to
become more cost ef{icicnt, and RAS technology allows production to be
infnitely expanded. Generally, the primary constraint to building a fsh
farm or other animal production unit is finding a site that can handle the
waste disposal needs. Natural environments that will suppor traditional
Market Dynamics 13
aquaculture such M raceways, net-pens, and outdoor ponds are extremely
limited and subject to a political process. For example, in Canada
recently, a net pen operation was denied their site renewal permit without
explanation afer 10 years of trouble free operation. RAS technology has
a primary and exclusive advantage by minimizing the efluent waste
stream by a factor of 500 to l ,000 or simply no discharge! Even so, RAS
sites still need to address the issue of waste dispsal, but at the reduced
efluent load and ability to concentrate the waste stream, there are many
cost efective waste treatment options, Chapter 6.
Another key advantage of using RAS is that these production sites
can be located near the markets for the products being produced. Fresh
product becomes the immediate focus, since fresh seafood often
commands twice the product value of frozen seafood. There is a strong
consumer preference for fresh and RAS are ideally suited to provide this
product. Locating near the market also minimizes product-hauling costs
and maximizes available shelf life. For reference only, Table 1. 4
provides a breakdown of current US consumer preference and wholesale
pricing on fresh seafood:
Table 1.4 US Market for Fresh Seafood (Umer-Bar and New England Fish
Exchan
g
e A1ction, Au
g
st 2006)
Per Capita Consumption bySpecies lb
Tuna-Yellow Talc 3.30
Shrimp 4.20
Alaska Pollock 1.28
Salmon, Atlatic4-5 lb 2.15
Cod, head off 0.63
Cod, boneless
Catfish (p1ice is for fillets) 1.09
Clams
0.47
Crabs 0.63
Flounder/Sole (Flatfsh) 0.33
Scallops 0.28
(k
l.50
1.91
0.58
0.98
0.29
0.50
0.21
0.29
0.15
0.13
Wholesale
Price, S/lb
$6.95
$0.52
$4.40
$3.37
$5.50
$2.12
$6.75
1.6 OVERVIEW OF RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE
SYSTEMS (RAS)
Fish can be stocked most intensively in RAS. In RAS, the total
environment is controlled. Fish are raised in tanks and in the most secure
environment are placed within an enclosed building to control the aerial
14 Chapter 1 Introduction
environment as well. Water circulates throughout the system, and only a
small percentage of the water is discharged daily, e.g., 10% per day or
less of system volume. Temperature, salinit, pH, alkalinity, chemical
composition, and oxygen are all monitored and continuously controlled.
Solid wastes are filtered and removed, oxygen is added to maintain
sufcient dissolved oxygen levels for the stocking density, and efluent
water is passed through a bioflter for a biological conversion of
ammonia-nitrogen to nitrate-nitrogen. Designing and operating RAS
requires a solid understanding of the many unit processes or operations
involved:
• Mass balances (see Chapter 3)
• Culture Units (see Chapter 4)

Solids Capture (see Chapter 5)
• Nitrifcation (see Chapter 7)
• Gas Transfer (see Chapter 1 0)
• Fluid mechanics (see Chapter 12)
• Waste management (see Chapter 6)
• Feeds and nutrition (see Chapter 18)
• Biosecurity (see Chapter 16)

Systems monitoring (see Chapter 1 3)
• Building heat and moisture control (see Chapter 14)
The failure of any one of these operations can cause the whole
system to fail, usually killing the fsh in the process. These operations
will be covered in detail in later chapters of this text.
RAS are more capital-intensive than most other types of traditional
aquaculture systems, and must rely on economic productivity per unit
volume of rearing space for proftability. A RAS fann will have support
features such as backup generators whose cost is also part of the overall
production costs for the farm. Sufcient production quantity must be
achieved in order that these support component costs are reduced per unit
of production (e.g. per kg produced) to a level that the overall production
costs are competitive. Large production levels are achieved by
replicating a successful modular unit that insulates itself from failure of
other production modules. This feature permits controlled, incremental
increases of seafood production in response to rising market demand. It
also facilitates raising capital and spreading investment risk through
business arrangements such as franchising, contract growing, and
production/marketing cooperatives. Finally, RAS technology is species­
adaptable, allowing operators to follow market trends for seafood
preference.
Can RSCompete
1 5
1.7 CAN RS COMPETE
RAS are now being successfully used to raise tilapia in norther US
climates at costs of less than $2.20 per kg (whole fish basis) and outdoor
intensive production in Central America has reduced costs t the $1
.
00-
$1. 30/k:g range (see Table 1.5).
Table 1.5 Costs ofTilapia Production in Selected Countries (2002
personal communication, Dr. Ragnar Jo�annscn,
Ranns6knastofnun Fiski(na6arins, Re
y
k
J
avik, Iceland)
Cost of Production
COUTY
$/lb
`¹±
Brasil, Ecuador, Cuba $0.50
$) . l0/g
Costa Rica, Jamaica
$0.55
$1.20/g
Colombia, Mexico $0.68
$1 .50/kg
USA
$0.9l $2.00/g
The proportional costs that make up production
.
are summarized in
Table 1 .6 for a current commercial tilapia operation Î the N
.
ortheast US
producing 450,000 kg per year (feed at $0.55/kg, electnc rates are
$0.03/kwh, gas heating at $0.0085/MJ, and oxygen at $0.09/g
delivered). The perception that heating and pumping costs ma�e RAS­
produced fsh that are excessively high in cost is false as shown Î Table
1.6 where these costs are only 15% (9% h

ating and 6%
electricaVpumping) of the total direct costs of production. Note though
that local utility costs or price escalations in fuels and energy can afect
the competitiveness of a specific location.
16
Chapter 1 Intoducton
Tablc 1.6 Representative Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)
Expresse a Component Costs to Produce Tilapia
(water &sewer supplied by a public utility)
Cost of Goods Sold
%of Total
Purchases - Fish Stock
7%
Purchases - Feed
28%
Purchases - Oxygen
13%
Direct Labor
29%
Supplies
3%
Utilities
natral gas
9%
electricity
6%
water &sewer
5%
Product Delivery Costs
I %
Total COGS
lOO%
C

rrentl
.
y there are no commercial recirculating aquaculture
operattons m the US that have suficient scales of production or
processing to compete with large scale aquaculture or o1shore
commercial fshing operations in the food service markets or wholesale .
To be competitive with the major non-US tilapia producers, a farm
would need to produce a minimum of 3 to 4 million kg/yr (3,000 to 4,000
ton) of annual production to justif an automated processing plant and
have direct production costs of $1 . 1 0Dg or less preferably. This is a
challenge and realistically only those extremely well-managed farms that
have energy site advantages (free heat and low cost electricity <
$0.04/kW) could expect to do this.
A:t
.
he time ofwri

ing, there were several tilapia facilities planned for the US
locatJons that were m excess of 5 t
¿
o1sand ton capacity.
Can RAS Compete 1 7
COMPETL'G MEAT PRODUCTS
Aquaculture products however they are produced and at whatever
scale must ultimately compete against other choices of meat proteins.
Table 1.7 shows the quantities of meat consumed since 1960 in the US
(USDA Economic and Research Service, 2009).
Table 1.7 Per Capita US Consumption (kg) of Various Meat Products· 1960 to
2007 (Delmarva Poultry Industry, 2009 &Eonomic Research
Service/USDA, 20092
TotaI Total Re Commercial
Red Total Meat & Fish &
Yeur Beef Pork Mca: Broilers Turkc PouI IouIt $IcIIñs
¿
1960 28.7 26.8 59.7 10.7 2.9 15.6 75.3
4.7
1970 38.4 25.3 66.2 16.6 3.7 22.0 88.2 5.4
1980 34.8 26.0 62.1 20.8 4.7 26.5 88.6 5.7
1990 30.8 22.6 54.5 27.0 8.0 35.9 90.4 6.8
2000 28.5 23.2 54.8 34.9 7.9 43.3 98.1 6.9
2007 30.9 23.2 54.9 38.5 7.9 46.4 101.3 7.4
* All products on a retail weight basis, except "other chicken" and "turkey"
which are reported by USDA on a carcass-weight basis.
The broiler industry has shown a steady increase in per capita
consumption over the last 45 years
.
Overall meat consumption has risen
from 75 to 1 01 3 kg per cpìmand at the same time the US population
has increased from 1 81 to 305 million people. Growth in the early years
of the industry exceeded 20% per year and has continued to the present
day where an annual growth rate of approximately 5% is being sustained
(see Figure 1 . 1 ). Conversely, beef consumption peaked at 42.9 kg �er
capita in 1976 and has dropped to the current level of 30.9 kg per captta
in 2005 (an increase from 200 l from 30.1 kg). Based upon current
population levels, this is a loss of I 2 kg per capit

or 3.6 billion
.
k� of
product for the entire US population. I¡ seafood 1D to exert a s1

l
�r
infuence in diverting meat consumption, then the only way to do th1s 1s
via market prce. Tcaging populntion and the accepted health benefits
of eating seafood should drive the consumption curves, given price
competitiveness. To make dramati
.
c changes as was exerted by �he
poultry industry, the market price of seafood must be less than competmg
quality meats. The market share for expensive protein, the cun·ent
18 Chapter I Intoducion
condition for seafood, is essentially maximized at around 7.4 kg per
capita in the US.
40000 8.0%

35000 ¬
7.U¼
°

*
Î
Å b.U¼
30000 .
1
V
.. I
1 Õ.U
\

.
25000 Ì �
. 1
.
>
� 1
A.D
·u

20000 ;
1

1
Ì
3.0%
� 1

15000
\


2.0%
\D
-lbo/yrRTC
1
10000 ¹
l.O%
5000
^Æ OIOÞW

0.0%
0 �
1960 1965 13JU J9?5 1980 1985 1990 1995 200 2005 20
Year
Figure 1.1 Gro¬th of US broiler production from 1930 to 2009 in millions of
pounds ready to cook (RTC) weight (lef ordinate axis) and compounded
growth rate for preceding years (right ordinate axis).
Hicks and Holder (200 I) reviewed salmon production costs for net
pen operations that produce on the average 1. 36 million kg per cycle of
18 months. Salmon farming continues to increase in scale to further
reduce costs of production. Productivity per person for a net pen
operation is 1 36,000 to 204,000 kg per person per year. The present
workload per net pen farm is about fve individuals that care for a
placement of 500,000 smell that will be reared to a market size of 4 kg
with a culling and mortality down to 400,000 animals. This translates
into 213 ton per person per year. In addition, there are net changing
crews and d1vers, so the support would be about 1-2 additional fll time
people. Thus, it requires a maximum of 7 people, which reduces the net
productivity for a net pen operation to 152 ton per person. This is why
the scale i s being driven to even larger placements of smolts, so that the
labor cost per unit of meat produced is further reduced. Some salmon
operations are basically doubling the stocking numbers per site using
Can RAS Compete
19
almost the same number of people to manage the site, making
productivity 450,000 kg/year per full-time equivalent {¡worker.
Table 1.8 Comparison Of Production Costs ($/g) for Net Pen Salmon (Cunent
and Most Efcient Operations), Large Scale RAS Produced Tilapia¿
and Commercial Broiler Production (Ti lapia And Broiler Figures arc
from Timmons et al., 2002)
Cost/kg
Efficient
Tilaia Salmon Salmon Broilers
Costs of Goods Sold (COGS)
Direct Labor & Benefts $0. 1 7 $0.20
Feed
$0.46 $1.26
Oxygen
$0. 11 $0.00
Other Operating Costs
S0.04 $0.31
Utilities- Lleat
$0.22 $0.00
Utilities - Electric
$0.09 $0.00
Fingcrlings
$0. 1 8 $0.35
Insurance
$0.00 $0. 1 1
Health Treatments
$0.00 $0.02
COGS ($/kg fish produced)
Sl .27 $2.25 $1.76 $0.66
Using the Hicks and Holder numbers, a comparison is made in Table
1. 8 among:
• Large-scale tilapia RAS production
• Current most efcient salmon producers

Broiler production
Although broiler costs of production are relatively low compared to
the other fish products, the percent breast meat from a whole chicken is
only 15%. Using 15% breast meat yield and similar other prices for
packaging etc, Table 1.9 summarizes the FOB costs for the premium
flesh pieces of an animal carcass.
20
Chapter 1 Introduction
Table 1.9 Premium FOB Prices ($/Kg) For Fish Fillets and Broiler Breast
Based Upon Costs of Goods Sold (COGS); Assumes Fillet Yield of
3 t% Tilapia, 50% Salmon and 15% Broiler Breast Meat
Cost $/g
Eficient
TilaEia Salmon Salmon Broiler
COGS ($/kgfishproduced) $1.27 $2.25 $1.76 $0.66
Finance Operations
$0.07 $0.07 $0.07 $0.07
Finance Capital
$0.04 $0.04 $0.04 $0.04
Depreciation
$0.09 $0.07 $0.07 $0.07
Haresting/ProcessingPackaging $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55
Total Cost of Production ($/kg) $2.02 $2.97 S2.49 $1.39
Cost perkg dressedweight (83% yield) $2.43 $3.58 $3.00 $1.67
Fillet cost perkg
$6.52 $5.95 $4.98 $9.25
(31% tila�ia & 50% salmon fillet �iclds2
The relatively low percentage yield for broiler breast meat has been a
distinct disadvantage for the broiler industry. This has been addressed by
steadily progressing to a further processed product (see Table 1. 1 0). It
should be Ï\ surprise to the seafood industry that marketing whole fish
products has no future if the broiler indust can be used as any guide to
consumer preference and as a means to add value to carcass parts that are
not readily marketed.
Table 1.10 Product Form(% basis) for Marketing Broiler Products
(Source: www.dpichicken.or
/
fag facts/)
Further
Year Whole Bird Cut-up Proessed
1962 83 15 2
t965 78 t 9 3
1970 70 26 4
1975 61 32 7
1980 50 40 1 0
1985 29 53 1 7
1990 1 8 56 26
1995 1 J 53 36
2000 9 46 45
2003 8 42 50
2009 l l 41 48
Can RAS Compete 21
FEED COST ADVANTAGE FOR AQUACUL TURE
Being competitive long term in the commodity meat market will
depend to a large degree on the cost of feed used to growthe animals and
the associated efficiency of converting feed energy into meat flesh. Both
feed price ingredients and feed conversion efciency will impact the
ultimate competitiveness of a commodity meat. Table 1 . 1 1 shows current
ingredient prices and cost per Kcal provided for ration mixes for a hogs,
broilers, three types of tilapia diets and a salmon diet (Timmons, 2�05).
Feed to gain ratios or fg (dry weight of feed t wet weight of ammal
gain) arc roughly 2.5, 2.0, 1.2, and 1 . 1 for hogs, poult, salmon and
tilapia, respectively. Forster (1999) points out though that when
recruitment is considered; feed used for maintaining breeding stock and
reproduction, the conversion effciency for broilers increases about 25%
or a fg of 2.5. This is a large advantage for fsh production that uses a
plant based (low fsh meal) diet as ultimately, the costs of feed will
dominate the cost of production, since all other cost inputs can be
reduced by increasing scale and obtaining associated production
effciencies. So feed conversion eficiency coupled with productivity per
unit area for indoor RS produced fsh (low-fsh meal feed) should
allow to command a strong long-tenn advantage in having the lowest
possible production costs. Productivity for broiler chickens is around 76
kg per square meter of building space per year and indoor warm-water
fsh systems using 2.4 m deep tanks will produce around 290 kg per
square meter of building floor area (assuming tank space is 40% of foor
coverage).
Table 1. 1 1 Relative Cost ofFccd for Various Commodity Animals
Component Cost $/ton Hog Broiler Tilapia
Protein 16% 24% 36%
ME of diet, Kcal/kg 3,465 3,300 2,800
Fat (bulk) $570 6% 6%
Cor $148 70% 59% 15%
Soy (48%) $335 23% 30% 52%
Wheat $177 20%
Fish Meal (62% Protei n) $1537 2.5% 10%
Fish Oil $981 2%
Blended Ingredient Cost S/1 000 Kca1 .034 .04 .080
Blended Ingredient Cost $/ton $215 $264 $405
Salmon
55%
4,400
20%
50%
28%
. 1 39
$ 1 1 1 0
22 Chapter 1 Introduction
GENETIC IMPROVEMENTS IN AQUACULTURE
.
_ If w� c

n be an optimistic projectionist for discussion sake the
ÍÏ om1a
_
tton
.
Î Table 1 . 1 1 is very exciting for the potential o
'
f tiìapia
production M
_
the US. Current US tilapia grower diets at 36% protein
would be eastly - $560/ton or 3 times the blended · d"
B ·1 d"
·
mgre tent cost
.
rot e

tets wtll run �180 per ton or only about 1. 3 times the blcnd�e

ngredtent cost. Now, tf the US tilapia industry achieved a large scale
mdustr, t�en one could expect similar economies of scale on the feed
costs supplted to the farm, or something more like $240/ton. This would

ut t

e cost of the feed component by over half compared to current costs
m thts L

ndeveloped US industry. At some point, the US might actual!
��rt

ryt

g to capture s

me

f the 500,000 ton (whole fish equivalcn`
.
tJiapt
_
a

arket that lS bemg supplied by non-US producers. Even
�ore oplt
.
mJsn: can be generated if one could anticipate improvements in
t e gcnet1c perfonnance o

the
_
c
_
urrent tilapia strains. As an example of

hat can happ

n when umversttles and industry cooperate is the stead
�1provc�ents 1 broiler p

rformance over the years (see Table 1 . 1 2´



wth tates, feed conversiOn eficiency, and mortality parameters have
a tmp
_
rove
?
by at
_
lea

t

actors of2. Imagine if such improvements could
be realized 111 the tJiapta mdushy. An industry is waiting to be bor.
Table 1.12 US Br�iler Performance fm 1925 to 2009 (at1onal Chicke
Counctl
11
Year
1925
1940
1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
2000
2009
Market Age
Average
days
1 1 2
85
70
63
56
53
48
46
47
Market
Weight
k
g
, live weiht
1 . 14
1 . 31
1 .40
1. 52
1 .64
1 .78
1.98
2.28
2.56
Feedto Meat Gain
kg of feedto kg of
broiler, live
¾ei bt
4.70
4.00
3.00
2.50
2.25
2.05
2.00
1 .95
1 .92
1.8 Is AQUACULTURE FoR You
Mortality
Percent
18
1 2
1 0
6
5
5
5
5
4
1
b
There seems
.
�o be an assumption that given alterate forms of animal
1US andry, a cunently unsuccessful dairy or hog fanner could become a
Is Aquaculture For You
23
successful fish farmer. Let us call that General Falsehood #1 . Fish
fai1lllng and RAS aquaculture in particular are generally more critically
dependent upon expert management and precise activity than are other
forms of fam1ing. Thus, it is unlikely that a fanner with "average"
management skills would be successfl in fish farming. On the other
hand, a successful dairy fanner could probably be a successfl user of
RAS technology. The importance of good management to a successful
RAS farm cannot be overemphasized. Poor management is almost
always the pr1J!ary reason for failure in aquaculture ventures. Experience
with flow-through raceways or outdoor ponds has almost nothing to do
with understanding how to effectively and efficiently manage an RAS
Ja
'LcncraÌ ¡al8chuod 81 "
A currently !! Successful dair or hog farmer could
become a successful ftsh farmer
1.9 SOME QUICK CASE HISTORIES
The authors have been invol�ed in several RAS startup ventures in
their public institution and private roles. Some have resultd in failure.
Failure is valuable in that ¡I accentuates problems that must be
recognized and addressed. The senior author led two Comell University
technology transfer cfiorts that were unsuccessful. Later in 1997, he
started a private large tilapia farm that was still operating in 2006 and
was producing over 500 tons per year of tilapia. (Chapter 17 provides
details on this operation). The first technology transfer failure (mid
1980's) involved a very successful integrated turkey farm. This business
had 130 employees, a processing plant, an extensive distribution network
for fresh and frozen turkey products, and a restaurant. The second failure
in the early 1990's was a cooperative trout farm that consisted of seven
members named the Northern Fresh Fish Cooperative (NFFC). The
cooperative members were smart, talented, experienced, and successfl
people - all with college degrees and some with advanced degrees.
Failure of the first two efforts had the following common elements:
• Individuals had no previous experience with indoor fish culture
• Technology that was Imrintensive
• Engineering Technology was poor
• Sensitive species (brook and rainbow trout)
• Enterprise was essentially an expensive hobby ventre
24 Chapter 1 Intoduction
Comell designed the aquaculture system that was implemented at the
turkey farm and assisted them with their implementation: four 10,000
gallon (38 m3) culture m designed for 0.7 lbs per gallon (84 kglm3) at
harvest density. The turkey D ran their trout operation for 2 years
before abandoning the effort. Solids accumulation was probably the
primary reason for failure, even though there was a reasonably adequate
solids settling chamber in the system. The turkey farm trout failure and
subsequent analysis led the Corell eforts to focus on the development
of new bioflter desigs and more energy efficient metod to move
water between system components. Several years were spent refning the
application of rotating biological contactors (RBC's), which replaced the
submerged rock filter designs, and the use of airlif pumps to move the
water between system components.
The efforts with the Norther Fresh Fish Cooperative including
layouts of their system components are described by Timmons et al.
( 1993). Again, this particular system design had been successflly
operated by Comell for thre years before the technology transfer effort
and had achieved high carrying capacity (0.7 lb/gal, 84 kglm3), excellent
feed conversions ( I to 1 ) and high fsh growth rate (an inch per month,
25 mm/month). This system was quite amazing and efficient in that the
airlif pumps moved water from the culture tank to the solids settling
chamber to the biofltration chamber and back to the culture tank on a
total water level differential of 1. 5 cm. The system also employed foam
fractionators (Weeks et al. 1992; Chen et al. 1992; Chen et al. 1993,
Chen et al. 1 994 a, b; c; Timmons et al. 1995) in the culture tank to
remove fne solids, provide oxygen and C02 removal, and increase the
circular motion in the culture tank to assist in solids removal.
1. 10 HISTORY LESSON ON FAILURES
In 1992, Peter Rcdmayne (Editor of Seafood Leader,
January/Febru�y issue 1992) did a story on the financial failures in the
aquaculture industry. He mentioned several notable failures and their
reason for demise:
• Idaho-based J.R. Simplot Co. closed the doors on its two-year
old, intensive tilapia operation, losing more than $20 million in
the process. Reason: inadequate biofilter.
• Bodega Farms shut down its $9.5 million steelhead, coho salmon
and abalone farm near Bodega Bay, CA. Reason: State of CA
Histor Lessons on Failures 25
would not allow two million fngerlings across the border, and
they had no place else to go (no fsh, no cash).
• Aquaculture Technologies of Louisiana (A TL) went bankrupt
leaving 2,000 acres of catfsh ponds in St. Landry Parish and $9
million in debts to some 300 creditors. Reason: bad
management.
• NAIAD Corp, largest catfsh farming and processing venture in
Texas fled Chapter 1 1 (August of 1991) afer starting processing
its own catfish. Reason: lack of operating cash related to poor
cash flow management.
• Blue Ridge Fisheries (Martinsville, V A) the largest indoor
catfsh operation in the world (at that time, 1991) lost its assets
to bank foreclosure. Reason: the RAS was not cost effective (this
facility was resurrected as a tilapia facility and is currently the
largest producer of tilapia in the US (in excess of 2,000 ton),
essentially under the same management structure).
In the 1990's, the following scenarios unfolded:



Fish & Dakota lost several hundred tons of fsh and did not
reopen its doors. Reason: New management eliminated some of
the 24 hour coverage and a power outage and failure of the
"automatic" stand-by generator killed the fsh.
Sunflower PqacÎm (Kansas) lost their fsh (not the
enterprise) when their roof caved in; this was a military facility
that had been unused for many years and had clear span timber
tmsses; when the trusses regained some moisture, they
structurally failed.
Norther Fresh Fish Cooperative (central NY), last member of
the cooperative gave up when he lost all his trout because his
dialer had not been hooked up to alert him of a lack of water
(had Icû Ö qo� during a cleaning operation); the 2nd to
last member went out ofbusiness when his well went dry.
• Perch operation in Western· Pennsylvania closed their doors
when their new system had fnally reached design carrying
capacity and then the liner in their culture vessel "broke".
26 Chapter I Introduction
• Souther Pennsylvania perch grower fnally gave up afer their
initial stocking of perch showed growth rates a faction of what
was anticipated. They kept open their basil operation that was on
the same property.
Be careful. Remember the following rule of thumb.
"Rule of Thumb"
Only invest what you can afford to LOSE!
The history lesson above should tell you something. The early
aquaculturc ventures (1980's) were large scale, since on paper there were
large profits to be made and going large scale maximized profits. The
moral of the story here is that the authors know of no successful
operation in excess of,00ton/ear that didnot start out by building and
operating a much smaller scale operation. Mid 90's saw a steady infux
of individuals trying to launch aquaculture operations. The theme during
this period was "high value" species, as in, we know we can not compete
using RAS in the major market fsh species, but we can produce such­
and-such and sell them for $40/kg. This is a total myth. You must be
good and be extremely efficient at whatever species you are growing. If a
particular species is retailing at high values, there is a reason.
In the 2000 era, we are seeing people being much more cautious
about entering the aquaculture arena. Being in aquaculture does not mean
you have to raise the fsh you sell. Advice we often give is to buy fish
from someone else and then develop a market for your product based
upon serice. If you can be successful here frst, then you have a good
chance of being even more successfl if you raise your own product and
control the supply chain over one additional step. This is further
discussed in the next section. Read this next section carefully before
deciding upon what role you want to play in the aquaculture industry,
particularly for your frst steps.
1. 11 INTERACTIONS BETWEEN OBJECTIVES,
RESOURCES, BUSINESS STRATEGY, AND DESIGN
The authors frequently receive calls from individuals who desire to
enter aquaculture with the callers having the inherent assumption that
"aquaculture" means growing fsh. And of course, evetyone's objective
is to have a profitable enterprise. The economics of RAS are thoroughly
reviewed in Chapter 1 7 and the reader is encouraged to read this chapter
Objectives, Resources, Stategand DeÛign 27
before starting an aquaculture venture. But, the first rule i n RAS
aquaculture is to never invest more than you can aford to lose. Tere M
many hard-luck stories for every tale of success. Some families have lost
everg in their pursuit of something they just wanted to do. One
thing is cerain: poor skills from one profession do not become great
skills in aquaculture. You have to be good at it to make a profit and this
generally entails several years of bands-on experience. This book gives
you a head start, but is no substitute for real experience.
There are countless ways to become involved in aquaculture and
perhaps your last choice should be to actually trying to raise fish (there
are lots of people who have fsh they want to sell and are not willing to
do the marketing and support of a customer base). You should review
your own short term and long term objectives, the natural resources
available to the enterprise, the management and business skills available
for this enterprise (referred to as business strategy), and finally the design
of a system to achieve these objectives. If any one of these steps is
ignored or components are missing or insufficient, then the success of the
planned operation is unlikely. Design of a physical system should be the
last step in the planning process.
Depending on the reader's own perspective, design is constrained by
objectives, resources, and business strategy or the design expresses the
object resulting from considering them. Although there is interaction
between all components, the objectives must be determined first, and the
resources available to pursue the objectives must be identifed.
Table 1 . 1 3 lists some simple examples that will help to convey our
thoughts behind the interactions among the resources, business strategy,
and resulting design. The objectives for each case arc similar and not
specific enough to defne a design other than stating a possible structure.
Selecting different management strategies that result in alterate designs,
as shown in the second and third case, may approach the identical
objective. The same resources arc given for each case and are again too
broad to be of value in design but show dependency upon components.
For example, a person need not possess water as a personal resource in
order to work in the aquaculturc industry. Why not consider buying fsh
from a grower who is not interested in marketing their product? These
examples show that objectives, resources, and strategy must be specifc
to affect an appropriate design.
28 Chapter 1 Intoduction
Table 1. 13 Exomle Interactions of Obtives, Resources, Strat
e
and Desig
Objectives Resources Business Design
Stratc
Have an annual
income of$50,000
Have an annual
income of$50,000
from Aquaculture
Same
Have an annual
income of$50,000
from buying,
¡roLssing tilapia
fillets
Have an annual
income of $50,000
fromselling tilapia
fngerlings
Produce 1 14,000 kg
per year oftilapia
$500,000;
fnancial
institutions,
water, market,
knowledge
Same
Sae
SaÜe
Same
Same
Invest at a net
profit of I 0%
Buy and Sell
Buy, hold
briefly & sell
Buy, process, &
sell
Maintain brood
stock, incubate
and hatch eggs,
and maintain
hatLhery
Muintain
ndvanced
growout system
(needs more
specific
objectives,
harvest size)
1.12 TERINOLOGY AND NOMENCLATURE
Not
necessary
Not
necessary
Holding
tanks,
transport
capability
Processing
focility
Breeding
tanks, egg
incubator,
fngerling
production
RASor
pond
A prima1y requirement for discussing RAS technology is a common
base of terms. There is a fairly well accepted terminology that is now in
use among the aquacultre community, having been derived from a
report fled the European Inland Fisheries Advisory Commission in
1987. The fOlloving arc the definitions and terminology that will be used
Terminology and Nomenclatre 29
throughout the chapters to come. Commonly used conversion factors are
provided in the Appendix.

Carrying Capacity: The maximum mass of aquacultured
product that can be maintained within a culture system; usually
expressed as mass per unit volume of the culture system
• Flow Through Rate: The volume of new water per unit time
passing through a culture tank; refers to the make-up water
specifically.
• Mean Hydraulic Residence TiMe (T): Refers to the time
required at a given rate of flow for a complete volume of water
in a tank to be exchanged, V (volume of tank) /Q(fow rate)
• Percentage Replacement: The percentage of the total system
volume replaced per day
• Percentage Recycle: Th_e percentage of the total system volume
tat is retained, on a daily basis
• Production to Capacity Ratio (P/C ratio]: This is the ratio of
system output per year to the maximum carrying capacity of the
system. P/C ratios of 3 arc typical of high density systems for
fast growing fish.
• Reuse (serial reuse): Water is reused in multiple tanks, moving
in one direction never used in tbe same tank twice (as NOT
recycled); ofen referred to as serial reuse
• Recycle (Recirculating Aquaculturc Systems or RAS): Water
fows from a tank (s) to a treatment process and then is retured
to the tank, hence the term recirculated or rccirculating
aquaculture systems or RS. RAS are generally regarded as
systems that discharge less than 20-50% of the standing water i n
the system volume per day. Some RAS may discharge more
water, but \ccomcincreasingly more like a flow through system.

Specifc Surface Area: Surface area of the media per unit
volume; usually referring to
·
the surface area of a particular
media used in Iltration or settling components
30 Chapter I Introduction
• StoLking Density: Mass of cultured product per volume of tank
(ignores the efects of fish displacing part of the water volume)
• Total Biomass: Mass of cultured product in the culture system
• Total System Volume: Volume of water in the culture tank,
pipes, reservoirs, treatment tanks, and pumps
1.13 WEBSITES FOR REFERENCE
The reader is also referred to the following list of websites that
contain vast amounts of information that can be useful for both the new
and experienced aquaculturalist:
Alterative Farming Systems Information Center (AFSIC)
http://www.nal.usda. gov/afsic/
The AFSIC is one of l 0 information centers at the National Agricultural
Library. AFSIC serves as a national clearinghouse for aquaculture
information and provides materials for aqua fam1ers, consumers, industry
personnel, educators, goverment agencies, associations, libraries, the
media, students, scientists, and prospective farmers.
Aquaculture without Frontiers
http://www.aguaculturewithoutfrontiers.org/
¬guocu!ture wiìnou! 1ronticrs (AwF) is an independent non-profit
organization that promotes and suppors responsible and sustinable
aquaculture and the alleviation of poverty by improving livelihoods in
developing countries. Forme� in 2004, AwF is registered as a charity in
the UK and as a non-proft organization in the USA. AwF has been
established for the specifc purpose of promoting and supporting
responsible and sustainable aquaculture to assist in povery alleviation
through improving rural livelihoods in developing and transition
countries. In its work, AwF draws on the experience of respected
professionals from every relevant discipline. AwF already has a database
of more than 80 volunteers.
Websites for Reference
U.S. Trout Farmers Association
ht://www.ustfa.org
3 1
Trout information for both the consumer and industry. Information for
the consumer includes: Tips and handling, farm-raised trout, trout tips,
handling how-to's, prep pointers, and nutritional values. Industry
information includes: Salmonid Magazine, Quality Assurance,
membership info, and other interet resources, as well as a trout recipe
book.
American Tilapia Association
htt://ag.arizona.edu/azagua/ata.html
Access to information about the fsh, which is the fastest growing
aquaculture crop in the United States and around the world. We Û
pleased to provide this infonnation to those already producing tilapia for
the food industy, for those interested in joining the industry and to
potential customers and consumers of farm-raised tilapia.
Aquacultural Engineering Society
http://www.aesweb.org/
Newsletter- The latest quarterly·newslettcr of the AES is now on-line.
Philosophy &Purpose - The oficial philosophy, purpose and operation
of AES for your reference. Offcers &Board - The current AES officers
and board of directors. On-line Application - Use this electronic version
of the member application to join AES!
Aquaculture Network Information Center (AquaNIC)
http://aguanic.org
An excellent clearinghouse of aquaculture information available on the
intemet. It also provides information on how to obtain aquaculture
information that is not on tbe intemet.
Aquatic Eco-Systems
http://www.aguaticeco.com
One of the world's largest aquaculture products suppliers. Usefl link for
fnding equipment and prices.
32 Chapter 1 Intoduction
Aquatic Network - Information Service for the Aquatic World
http://www.aguanet.com/
Subject areas covered include aquaculture, conservation, fsheries,
marine science and oceanography, maritime hetitage, ocean engineering,
and seafood.
Cayuga Aqua Ventures, LLC
http://www.bee.cornell.edu/agua
Publisher's website of this textbook. The site also has the sofware and
descriptions that was in earlier versions of the text. Now provided as
free-ware.
Cornell Aquaculture Resources ðShort Course
http://www.bee.cornell.edu/outreach/aguaculture/short-course
This is the yearly course we put on each year, typically in mid July. See
links on lef side of page
FINS
http://www.actwin.com/fish/index. php
An archive of information about aquariums. It covers both freshwater
and marine, tropical and temperate.
Holder Timmons Engineering, LLC
http://www.holdertimmons.com I
This is the author's site for his private engineering services company. It
also shows the associates with the company. Listed here just for
convenience to the reader.
National Fisheries Institute
http://www.aboutseafood.com/
National Fisheries Institute is the largest trade association serving the US
seafood industry. NFI has always been a clearinghouse of business­
related information. This website offers dozens of links to goverment
statistics, seafood companies and other web resources. A members-only
section adds promotional materials, HACCP information and the latest
news on impor alerts, legislative updates and more.
Websites for Reference 33
Natural Resources, Agricultural, and Engineering Service (NRAES)
http://www.nraes.org/
Sea Web
http://www.seaweb.org
To address the growing issue of salmon and other fnfish faring in
North America, in 1998 SeaWeb established an information
clearinghousc on aquaculture issues. We focus 1 educational outreach
effors on salmon farming in the states of Maine and Washington and the
provinces of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and British Columbia but
collect and analyze information on various farmed species from around
the world.
Seafood NIC
http://seafood.ucdavis.edu/
Hosted by the Sea Grant Extension Program at UC Davis, the Seafood
Network Information Center, or Seafood NIC, is an on-line home to the
HACCP Alliance. It offers page after page of seafood-safety infom1ation,
as well as training materials, seminar schedules and the FDA's oficial
fisher hazard and control guides. The site provides generic HACCP
plans for scores of seafood products and procc
_
sses.
USDA Regional Aquaculturc Centers
There are four regional aquaculturc centcrs that are sponsored by the
USDA; they are:
Northeastern Regional Aquaculture Center
Dr. ReyHm ,O
Universityof Maryland
21 13 Animal Sciences Building
College Park, M 20742-231 7
Phone: (301) 405·6085;
Fax. (301) 31 4-9412
Email: nrac@umd.edu
Website: http://www .orae. u md.ed u/
Represents: Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
1q yIvæ,BIs�Vem1ont, West Virginia, and the
District of Columbia.
North Central Regional Aquaculture Centcr (NCRAC)
34 Chapter l Introduction
Dr. Tcd Batterson, Director
Michigan State University
13 Natural Resources Building
East Lansing, MI 48824-1222
Phone: 51 7-353-1962; Fax: 517-353-71 81
Email: battcrs2@msu.edu
Wcbsite: www.ocrac.org
Represents: Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan,
Missouri, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio,
South Dakota, Wisconsin
Southern Regional Aquaculture Center (SRAC)
Dr. Craig S. Tucker, Director
Mississippi State University
127 Experiment Station Road
P.O. Box 197
Stonevi lle, MS 38776
Phone: 662-686-3285; Fax: 662-686-3320
Email: ctucker@drec.msstate.edu
Website: http://www.msstate.edu/dcpt/srac
Represents: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Mississippi,
North Carolina, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Texas, Virginia, ViJgin Islands
Western Regional Aquaculture Center (WRAC)
Dr. Graham Young, Director
School of Fisheries
Box 355020
Scattle, WA 98195
Phone: 206-685-2479; Fax: 206-685-4674
E-mail: grahamy@u.washington
.
edu
W ebsite: http://www .fish. washington.edu/wrac
Represents: Alaska, Arizona, Califoria, Colorado,
ldaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah,
Washington, Wyoming
Websitcs for Reference
Center for Tropical ó Subtropical Aquacultore (CTSA)
Dr. Cheng-Sheng Lee, Executive Director
The Oceanic Institute
Makapuu Point
41-202 Kalanianaole Highway
Waimanalo, H1 96795-1820
Phone: 808-259-31 07; Fax: 808-259-8395
Email: cslee@oceanicinstitute.org
Website: http://www.ctsa.org
Represents: American Samoa, Commonwealth ofthe
NortherMariana Islands, Federated States of Micronesia,
Guam, Hawaii, Republic ofPalau, Republic ofthe Marshall
Islands
World Aguaculture Societ(WAS)
htt://www.was.org/
35
An interational nonproft society with over 4,000 members in 94
countries. Founded in 1 970, , its primary focus is to improve
communication and information exchange within the diverse global
aqua cultre community.
1.14 SUMMARY AND THE CORNELL SHORT COURSE
The authors have spent significant or all parts of their careers in
aquaculture. Comell has periodically hosted a one-week shor course uat
hundreds of professionals have attended. The course was eo-hosted with
the Conservation Fund's Freshwater Institute (Shepherdstown WV) for
several years. The course is now once again (2007 and forard) being
sponsored by Corell University. We will hold the course in various
parts of the country and around the world on an as-needed basis along
with the annual summer !-week course that is held i n July. The course is
also offered in a Distance Learing fonnat (sec details for both the hands
on and the distance versions at:
WWW .BEE.CORNELL.EDU/ AQUA
The materials developed over the years for this short course are the
primary materials being used in this book.
36
Chapter I Intduction
The RAS short course emphasizes practical "how to" applications
and concludes with a series of spreadsheets and computer programs to
make the many tedious calculations necessary to design and manage an
RAS easier. However, the computer programs are much more usefl to
the user· if the basic fndamentals are first understood. This book
attempts to provide a solid foundation for understanding the basics and
also i

cludes the computer software in the Appendix. Example problems
are

1ven throughout the Chapters and these example problems (with
solutwns) can be used Û` a first J when using the soflware. Have fun
and enjoy the book.
Past students of the Short Course can be seen at:
WWW.BEE.CORNELL.EDU/ AQUA
References 37
1.15 REFERENCES
Chen, S., Timmons, M.B., Aneshansley, D.J., Bisogni, J.J., 1992. Protein
in foam fractionation applied to recirculating systems. Prog. Fish­
Cult. 55(2):76-82.
Chen, S., Timmons, M.B., Aneshansley, D.J. Bisogni, J.J., 1993.
Suspended solids characteristics from recirculating aquacultural
systems and design implications. Aquaculture 1 1 2: 1 43-155.
Chen, S., Timmons, M.B., Aneshansley, D.J., Bisogni, J.J. Jr., 1994a.
Suspended solids characteristics from recirculating aquacultural
systems and design implications. Aquaculture 1 1 2: 1 43-155.
Chen, S., Timmons, M.B., Bisogni, J.J., Aneshansley, D.J., l994b.
Modeling surfactant removal in foam factionation I: Theoretical
development. Aquacult. Eng. 1 3: 1 01-120.
Chen, S., Timmons, M.B., Bisogni, J.J., Aneshansley, D.J., 1994c.
Modeling surfactant removal in foam factionation II: Experimental
investigations. Aquacult. Eng. 13: 121-1 38.
Delgado, C., Rosegrant, M, Meijer, S, Wada, N, & Ahmed, M., 2002.
Fish as Food: Projections to 2020. Paper presented in the IIFET 2002
The Biennial Meeting of Interational Institute for Fisheries
Economics and Trade, August 1 9-23, Wellington, NZ.
Delmarva Poultry Industry, Inc., 2006. 16686 County Seat Highway,
Georgetown, DE 19947.
Forster, J., 1999. Aquaculture chickens, salmon- a case study. World
Aquaculture 30(3): 33-38, 40, 69, 70.
Hicks, B. and Holder, J.L., 2001. Net pen fg, Proceedings 2001
AES Issues Forum, Shepberdtown, WV, 1 1-14 November 2001,
NRAES-157 Publication. Comell University, lthaca, New York.
IDEQ (Idaho Division of Environmental Quality), 1988. Idaho Waste
Management Guidelines for Aquaculture Operations. Idaho
Departent of Health and Welfare, Division of Environmental
Quality, Twin Falls, I.
Macinko, S. and D.W. Bromley, 2002. Who owns America's Fisheries,
Report provided and sponsored by the Pew Charitable Trusts.
Mudrak, V .A., 1981. Guidelines for economical commercial fish
hatchety wastewater treatment systems. In: L.J. Alien, Kinney, E.C.
(Eds.). Proceedings ot thc Bio-engineering Symposium for Fish
Cullure. American Fisheries Society, fish Culture Section, Bethesda,
MD, pp. 174-182.
Summer felt, S.T., 1996. Engineering design of a water reuse system. In:
R.C. Summerfelt (Ed.), Walleye culture manual. Ames, IA, North
38 Chapter 1 Introduction
Central Regional Aquaculture Center Publication Ofce, Iowa State
University, pp. 277-309.
Sumnerfelt, S.T., 1999. Waste-handling systems. In: CIGR (Series Ed.)
and F. Wheaton (Volume Ed.), CIGR handbook of agricultural
engineering: Volume II, Aquacultural Engineering St. Joseph, MI,
American Society of Agricultural Engineers, pp. 309 350.
Summerfelt, S.T., Davidson, J., Waldrop, T., Tsukuda, S., 2000A. A
partial-reuse system for coldwater aquaculture. In: G.S. Libey and
M. B. Timmons (Eds.), Proceedings of the third interational
conference on rccirculating aquaculture. Blacksburg, VA, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University. pp. 1 67-175.
Summerfelt, S.T., Davidson, J.,Timmons, M.B., 20008. Hydrodynamics in
the 'Corell-type' dual-drain tanlc In: G.S. Libey and M.B. Timmons
(Eds.), Proceedings of the third interational conference on
recirculating aquaculture Blacksburg, V A, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University, pp. 1 60-166.
Summerfelt, S.T., Bebak-Williams, J., Tsukuda, S., 2001 . Con t rolled
Systems: Water Reuse and Recirculation. In: G. Wedemeyer (Ed.),
Fish Hatchery Management, 2n
d
Edition. Bethesda, MD, American
Fisheries Society, pp. 285-395.
Timmons, M.B., Youngs, W.D., Ley, D. 1993. The Norther Fresh Fish
Cooperative: Formation and initial results and technology description
with plans. Corell Agricultural Engineerng Extension Bulletin
Number465.
Timons, M.B., S. Chen, Weeks, N.C. 1 995. Mathematical model of
foam fractionators used in aquaculture. Joural of World
Aquaculture 26(3):225-233
Timmons, M.B., SummcrIcIt, S.T., Vinci, B.J., 1998. Review of circular
tank technology and management. Aquacultural Engineering, 18,
5 1-69.
Tinunons, M.B., Ebeling, J.M., Wheaton, F., Summerfelt, S.T., Vinci,
B.J., 2002. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems, 2nd Ed, pp. 760.
Cayuga Aqua Ventures, Ithaca, I.
Timmons, M. B., 2005. Competitive potential for USA urban aquaculture.
In: Urban Aquaculture, Eds. B. Costa-Pierce, ^ Desbonnet, P.
Edwards, and D. Baker, pp. 137-158, CABI Publishing, Cambridge,
MA.
United States Department of Agriculture Economic and Research
Service. http://www.ers.usda.gov.
Weeks, N.C., Timmons, M.B., Chen, S. 1992. Feasibility of using foam
f-actionation for the removal of dissolved and suspended solids from
fish culture water. Aquaeultural Engineering 1 1: 251-265.
CHTER 2
WATER QUALITY
2.0 INTRODUCTION
The success of a commercial aquaculture enterprise depends on
providing the optimum environment for rapid growth at the �nim

m
cost of resources and capital. One of the major advantages of mtenstve
rccirculation systems is the ability to manage the aquatic environment
and critical water quality parameters to optimize fish health and growth
rates. Although the aquatic environment is a complex eco-system
consisting of multiple water quality variables, it is fortunate that only a
few of these parameters play decisive roles. These critical parameters

re
temperatre, pH and concentrations of dissolved oxygen, ammonta,
nitrite, C02, alkalinity and suspended solids. Each individual parameter
is important, but it is the aggregate and interrelationship of all the
parameters that influence the health and growth rate of the fish.
Each water quality parameter interacts with and influences other
parameters, sometimes in complex ways. Concentrations of any
_
o

e
parameter that would be harmless in one situation can be toxtc Î
another. For example, when aeration and dcgassing problems occur,
carbon dioxide levels will generally become high, while at the same time
dissolved oxygen levels become low. The result of this particular
situation is that not only is there less oxygen available to the fsh, the fish
are less able to use the oxygen that is available. The high carbon dioxide
level of the water affects the fshes' blood capacity to transport oxygen,
aggravating the stress imposed by low dissolved oxygen levels. Anot�er
excellent example of the complex interaction among water qualtty
parameters is the relationship between pH and the toxicity of ammoni

.
As will be discussed later, the unionized fraction of the total ammoma
concentration is much more toxic than the ionized form (ammonium),
and at low pH, most of the ammonia in the water i s in the non-toxic
ionized form. I [owever, increasing the pH by only one unit, i.e., fom 6.5
to 7.5, increases thc concetation of the toxic unionized anunonia
concentration by a factor of ten. Simply adding baking soda (or another
base) to a system to increase its alkalipity can inadvertently increase the
unionized ammonia to toxic levels. The result, for one of the authors,
was 32 tanks of angelfish swimming upside down. This catastrophic
39
40 Chapter 2 Water Quality
result provided a lesson learned the hard way about why it is important to
understand the interrelationships of these parameters, and to routinely
monitor as many critical watr quality parameters as possible and when
adjustments are needed, to make them carefully and slowly.
The relationship between water quality parameters and their efect on
fsh growth rate and health is complicated. For example, fish lack the
means to control their body temperature and maintain it independent of
the environment. Environmental temperature changes affect the fishes'
rate of biochemical reactions, which leads to different metabolic and
oxygen consumption rates. At the lower ranges of the species tolerable
temperature range, these rates decrease. As water temperatures increase,
fish become more active and consume more dissolved oxygen, while
simultaneously producing more carbon dioxide and other excretory
products, such as ammonia. These increasing rates of consumption of
necessaty elements and production of detimental elements can have a
direct effect on overall fsh health and survival if these parameters are
allowed to exceed nominal values. If not coJTected, the fish will become
stressed to some degree. Even low levels of stress can have adverse long­
ter consequences in the forof reduced growth rates or mortality due
to opportunistic organisms that take advantage ofthe stressed fsh.
2.1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Several physical properties of water are important for the
understanding of some of the engineering concepts that follow. Water
has several very unique properties that make life on the planet possible.
One of these is its density as a function of temperature, Table 2. 1.
Maximum density of pure water is reached at 3.98°C. A large
discontinuity occurs at the freezing point, where the density drops
drastically. Thus, ice is less dense than water and floats. If water did not
exhibit this unusual density patter associated with temperature, lakes
and oceans would freeze from the bottom up and life, as we know it,
would be impossible. The addition of salt and other impurities also
increases the density of water. For example, seawater at 35 ppt salt has a
density of 1 .028 g/cm
3
, as compared to 1 .000 g/cm
3
for pure water. Thus,
the density of water increases as salinity increases and/or temperature
decreases. These density diferences arc the major driving force for
overturn of freshwater systems and the vertical circulation patters in the
oceans.
Water viscosity is a measure of a fluid's resistance to shear, and is
called absolute or dynamic viscosity. Highly viscous fuids, like
Physical Properties
41
molasses or motor oil, flow very slowly when subject to a shear stress.
Absolute viscosity is measured in centipoises, and water at 20°C has a
value of ¡ .0 centipoise, compared to air, which has a value of 0.17
centipoise, at this temperature. The absolute viscosity divided by the
liquid density is the given the name kinematic viscosity. Table 2. 1 shows
the variation of density, absolute viscosity, and kinematic viscosity of
water at a range of temperatures. Viscosity increases as temperature
decreases. Thus, pumping costs will increase slightly as water
temperature decreases because viscosity and density both increase.
Vapor pressure is the pressure exerted by the gaseous phase of a
material when in equilibrium with its solid or liquid phase. Another way
of expressing vapor pressure is the pressure at which a liquid just begins
to boil and change to a vapor (Lawson, 1995). Vapor pressure of pure
water is a function of temperature and increases with an increase in
temperature, Table 2. 1. The addition of salt to water lowers its vapor
pressure. In a closed pipe, water may change phase from a liquid to a
vapor because of a reduction in pressure, even though the temperature
remains unchanged. This can occur on the suction side of pipe, where
vapor bubbles form in local regions of ver low pressure and then
collapse when they move into regions of higher pressure downstream.
This process is called cavitation. When a pump is cavitating, the
collapsing bubbles contain a great deal of energy and can cause
considerable damage to pump impe!Jers and pipes.
Tah!e2.1 Physical Properties ofWater
Kinematic Viscosity Vapor Pressure
Temp. °C DeMsi �k3 (m2/s�·E-06 mm H�
0 999.84 1.79 4.8
999.90 1.73 5. 1
2 999.94 1.68 5.4
3 999.97 1.62 5.8
4 1000.00 1.57 6.2
5 999.97 1.52 6.6
10 999.70 1. 31 9. 1
15 999. 1 0 1 .13 12.5
20 998.21 0.99 17.3
25 997_05 0.88 23.9
30 995.65 0.80 33.0
35 994.04 0.72 45.5
40 992.22 0.66 62.8
42
Chapter 2 WetcvQue!¡ty
Formulae for generating water physical properties (T is in °C):
Density (kg/m3) = 999.842594+6.793952£-2-T
-9.095290E-3·T2 + 1 .001685E-4-T3 -
1 . 1 20083E-6·l+6.536336E-9-T5
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg) = 4.7603 e
0
·
06H
Kinematic Viscosity (m2/s 1 0-6)
-
-9.9653E-6 -r
+0.00 l l 43T2-0.05807T + 1.7851
2.2 WATER QUANTITY REQUIREMENTS
(2. 1)
(2.2)
(2.3)
During the initial site selection process, one of the most critical
fact

r
� �
o cons
_
i�er is the availability of an adequate water supply for both
the 111Jttal facli1ty and any planned (or imagined) expansion. When it
�omes to the availability of water, too much is definitely better than too
little. Afer all, one is constmcting an AQUAculture facility. The amount
of water needed V.
:
ill depend on several factors such as species, density,

an�g

ment practices, production technology, and the degree of risk one
1Ö willmg to accept. At a minimum, sufficient quantities of water are
needed to routinely fill production tanks within a reasonable time (24-48
hrs), provide for routine and emergency flushing of tanks filter
back
_
washing, facility wash down and clean-up, and d�mestic
reqUirements. A good rule of thumb is to have sufficient water available
to provide a 100% water exchange of total system volume per day
(Timmons, 2000). Thus for a total system volume of 379 m3 ( 1 00,000
gallons), a
3
water supply is required that is able to provide 379 m3 per day
or 0.26 Ì /mm (70 gpm). This may be reduced some for a wam water
species.
Beyond the
_
minimum exchange volume, the additional quantity of
new water rcquued for any given system is directly dependent on the
degree of reuse or recycling of the "old" water that is already available in
the system. There are numerous reasons to reuse the supply water as
much as possible, besides the obvious decrease i water demand and
reduced discharge water that must be treated. These include the reduction
of water heating or cooling requirements, which arc major factors in the
econ
_
o
_
mics of many warm-water species production systems.
AddJtJonally, and becoming increasingly important, recycling of system
waters results in the reduction in wastewater discharge and the
Water Que!ity Requirements 43
corresponding costs involved in the treatment of large discharge fow
streams.
There Û three categories of reuse systems: serial-reuse systems,
partial-reuse systems, and flly recirculating systems. Partial-reuse
systems reuse a greater percentage of total system volume than do serial­
reuse systems, and the fully recirculating systems reuse a greater
percentage of total system volume than do the pa11ial-reuse systems. The
degree of water reuse affects the depletion/accumulation rate of
important water quality parameters. The greater the reuse rate, the more
conditioning the reused water must have in order to restore the water
quality to target parameters. Typically, the most important and frst
encountered limiting factor that govers the density of fsh reared in a
system is the concentration of dissolved oxygen. The next most
important factors are the amounts of unionized ammonia and dissolved
carbon dioxide levels. These two parameters are interconnected. This is
due to the direct effect that dissolved carbon dioxide has on pH and the
relationship of pH to the toxicity of ammonia-nitrogen. As the dissolved
carbon dioxide levels decrease, the pH increases, which in tur increases
the toxicity of the total ammonia-nitrogen in the system. For example, if
salmonids are the species being grown, the maximum upper safe limit for
chronic exposure to carbon dioxide is from <9 to 30 mg/L, and for
unionized ammonia-nitrogen <0.0125 to 0.03 mg/L. The chosen reuse
system must be able to sustain the necessary levels of dissolved oxygen
while also keeping the amounts of dissolved carbon dioxide, unionized
ammonia, and the pH below their respective limiting levels.
Serial-reuse systems have been used extensively in trout and
salmonid raceway production systems, where the limiting water quality
factor is usually the dissolved oxygen concentration between raceway
sections. By adding oxygen, the water can be used over again in the next
section of the raceway, until ultimately the accumulated ammonia levels
become too high. This simple concept has sigificantly increased
raceway production, but at a higher system cost due to the requirements
for more sophisticated oxygenation systems and monitoring systems.
Economic risk is also higher, because there are more fish in the raceway
that arc subject to a catastrophic event.
Partial-reuse systems are an alternative culture system that can
sustain high production densities on less than 20% of the total fow that
would be required t g Uc se quantit of fish in a serial-reuse
system (Summerfelt, et al., 2000). Some partial-reuse systems separate
the solid wastes from the main water recirculation loop by using a dual­
drain system. In this system, the circular production tank is used as a
"swirl" separator to concentrate the solids into the center drain. From
44 Chapter 2 Waer Quality
there, they arc removed with a relatively small discharge flow stream
(15 20% of the quantity of water in the tank per day). The majority of
the water fow leaving the tank, i.e., the remaining 80-85%, is
discharged from the tank through a fish-excluding port located
approximately midway on the m sidewalL This flow steam is
relatively free of settleable solids and can be easily treated with a high­
capacity microscreen flter, carbon dioxide stripping system, and an
oxygenation system. The ammonia levels are controlled by dilution with
make-up water, typically 1 0--20% of the fow (a volume approximately
equal to the solids waste discharge flow from the center drain), and by
controlling the system pH. The key operating water quality parameter in
this type ofsystem is the amount ofdissolved carbon dioxide. Adjusting
the amount of carbon dioxide stripped by the degassing system will
control the system's pH. When the system is operated so that the
dissolved carbon dioxide level is the limiting water quality parameter,
the water will have a low pH, and thus the corresponding maximumtotal
ammonia-nitrogen level will also be well below the level at which it
would become criticaL
The nomograph in Fig. 2.1 provides Û estimate of the maximum
total ammonia-nitrogen that can be allowed to accumulate in a partial­
reuse system, depending upon the water's alkalinity and assumed
maximum limits on the concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide and
unionized ammonia (Summerfelt et aL 2000). Thus setting the maximum
limits on the concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide and unionized
ammonia, at a given alkalinity, will set the minimum operating pH and
the maximum allowable total ammonia-nitrogen.
2.3 WATER SOURCES
One of the most important requirements for a successful aquaculture
facility site is a high quality water source, with sufcient capacity to
provide for initial needs and contemplated future expansions. Thus, when
choosing an aquaculture site, the water supply must be thoroughly
investigated and quantifed in terms of both quality and quantity.
Aquaculture is unlike other agriculture activities, in that it requires a
continuous supply of high quality water. Most wells operate only
periodically, so a traditional well pump test is usually conducted for only
a short time, to measure the well's ability to deliver a certain quantity of
water within a cettain time. However, under normal aquaculture
operations, the well is pumped continuously. The result can be that the
actual productivity of the well is signifcantly less than indicated by the
short duration test This will result in serious dificulties down the road.
ÍÛÜ
_
¼
±Ü
Ü
:

w
.2
"
c
Í Ü 0

V
E
=

<
u
1

1ÜÜ-V
pÜ.Ü
.

zÜ.Ü
±
1Ü.Ü
;
=
g
±
J.Ü
. �
ã z.º
e
� Í.Ü

¯
\
Ü.¿
Û.2
Ü.Í
Ú.Ü
Water Sources
bð J.Ü� ².b
· " I
ú.0 1.Û ¯.D
pll
4ÜÜ Þ¶Í1
ðÜÜ AgJL
2ÜÛ m gJL
1ÜÜ Þ§ÍÏ
SO Þ§ÍÍ
Å.Ü
]Qµ1¡ TMj
Ü.ÜZÔm§ÍL
Ü.ÛÍ×^ D§ÍÍ
ð.Û
45
Figure 2.1 Dependence of dissolved carbon dioxide concentrations on pH and
alkalinity (top graph), and unionized ammonia concentrations and total
ammonia-nitrogen (bottom graph), according to acid-base equilibrium at 15°C.
Dashed lines indicate how setting a maximum limit of 20 mg/ on the
concentration of dissolved carbon diOide (1) and of 0.0125 mg! on unionized
ammonia nitrogen (3), at an alkalinity of I 00 mg/ (2), will set the minimum
operating pH (about 7.06) and the maximum allowable TA! (4) (about 5.0
mg!), from Summerfelt et al. 2000.
46
Chapter 2 Water Quality
There are several sources of water for aquaculture operations, each
with distinct advantages and disadvantages. Since the whole point of a
recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) is to minimize water usage, the
two most ofen used water sources are groundwater and municipal water
supplies. Both normally have the quality, quantity, and reliability
required, so the actual choice between them is based on availability and
economics. Surface waters arc generally not used, due to the higher risks
of contamination by pollutants, fsh eggs, insect larva, disease
microorganisms, and wide seasonal temperature variations.
One of the major advantages of groundwater sources is their constant
temperature throughout the year. However, shallow sources of
groundwater approximate the mean air temperature of the area. The
chemistry of groundwater is directly dependent on the geology of the
area surrounding the source. In limestone areas, groundwater is bard, and
high in calcium and inorganic carbon. In areas of granite formation, the
groundwater tends to be soft, low in dissolved minerals and inorganic
carbon. As will be discussed later, there are advantages and
disadvantages to both, emphasizing the need for early extensive water
quality testing.
The disadvantages of groundwater, especially from deep wells, are
the high concentrations of dissolved toxic gases such as hydrogen sulfde
(H2S), methane (CH4), and carbon dioxide (C02). Most groundwater
contains little or no dissolved oxygen, because of the biological
processes occurring in the aquifer recharge zone. In addition, once
pumped to the surface, groundwater ofen is supersaturated with nitrogen
gas, argon, and carbon dioxide. Thus, the groundwatcr must be initially
conditioned by some form of aeration and degassing to remove the
excess gases and add oxygen. Iligh concentrations of dissolved iron can
also be a problem. Once aerated, the iron precipitates out of solution as
iron oxide and is ofen removed by some form of granular fltration or
seltling basin.
Another potential source of water is from a municipal water supply.
However, it must be kept in mind that these sources are designed and
treated to safeguard the health of humans, i.e., chemicals such as chlorine
( 1 .0 mg/L) and fuorine are added. To be useable in RAS, these
chemicals must be neutralized either chemically (sodium thiosulfate to
remove chlorine and chloramines) or by filtration (activated carbon).
Chlorine is very detrimental to fsh and levels as low as 0.02 mg/L are
stressful.
Chapter 2 Water Quality 47
2.4 WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
The very nature of aquaculture makes it almost impossible to
formulate a defnitive "one size fts all" list of water quality standards.
The wide range of species, temperature regimes, and production
techniques makes any such list only "recommendations", at best. In
intensive recirculation systems, the species of choice is raised in a kind
of chemical soup consisting of numerous physical, chemical, and
biological factors that are interrelated in a complex series of physico-bio­
chemical reactions. These reactions affect every aspect of the culture
from fsh survival and growth rates to biofltcr performance and solids
removal. A basic understanding of water chemistry is critical for the
success of any intensive system.
Species handbooks, fsh hatchery manuals, or aquaculture books are
an excellent source of information for water quality information and
curent culture protocols. Some of the most helpful references for species
commonly reared in the Americas are presented below (Colt, 2006):
Genus, species, or group
Salmonids
Temperate basses
Channel catfsh
Black basses
Sunfishes
Walleye
Pikes
TilapiÜ
Sturgeon
Marine fsh
Marine larval fishes
General
Reference
Barton (1996), Piper et al. (1 982),
Sigma (1983), Wedemcyer (1996)
Tomasso ( 1997)
Boyd and Tucker { 1998), Stickey {1993)
Williamson et al. ( 1993)
Williamson et al. ( 1993)
Nickum and Stickney (1 993)
Westers and Stickncy (1993)
Costa-Pierce and Rakocy (1997)
Contc (1 988)
Poxton and Allouse (1 982)
Brownell (1980a,b)
Wickins (1981)
While these sources are very useful, it is important to realize that in
general, they arc based on standard toxicity tests, usually shmt time
exposure to constant concentations. Commonly, much of information
contained in these sources is based on the experiences and practices of
state, tribal, and federal hatchery programs (Colt, 2006). Curent
infotmation on acceptable water quality parameters from large scale
commercial enterprises is very difficult to fnd.
Over the years, standardized toxicity testing protocols for aquatic
animals have been developed. Most of these toxicity studies arc
conducted on juvenile animals for a relatively short time. The animals
48
Chapter 2 Water Quality
are exposed to constant concentrations of toxic substances, while
maintaining other water quality pçeter$ within an acceptable range.
The extrapolation of these types of experments to the entire production
cycle and to combinations of environmental parameters (for example,
high total ammonia, and carbon dioxide in combination with
supersaturated dissolved oxygen) i s difficult if not impossible (Colt,
2006). These types of exposures seldom occur in real systems. A real
world evaluation of ammonia toxicity might test the impact of diel
varying ammonia concentration on the growth of 300-00 g tilapia under
high carbon dioxide levels when DO is maintained at 70% of saturation,
and alkalinity is low.
The water quality criteria for the design of culture systems depend
strongly on the objectives of the project, species and life stage grown.
The impact of water qualit on growth is probably the most important
consideration. Other impacts include fn quality and appearance which is
important for species sold in the ' l ive-market'; tissue quality such Ö
texture, taste and odor and finally trace contaminates in the tissue such as
methymercmy, PCT, DDT or dioxins (Colt, 2006). Development of
species or system specific water quality criteria is time consuming and
expensive (Colt, 2006). A summary of important water quality
parameters i s presented in Table 2.2 and provides ve1 general
recommendations of water quality criteria for each parameter. Colt
(2006) provides additional details, especially regarding nitrite
concentrations.
Several other water quality parameters are currently being carefully
reviewed due to the uncertainty as to their impact on production. The
efct ofhigh levels of fne solids and organic compounds is unknown at
this time, but has been implicated in disease outbreaks (Bullock, et al.,
1994 ). The leaching of surface-active compounds fromuneaten feed and
fecal matter and the resulting depression of surface tension may be an
impottant design consideration (Colt, 2006). In limited exchange
systems, there is a potential to build-up toxic concentrations of some
heavy metals, such as cadmium, copper and zinc from the corrosion of
pipes and fttings and from vitamin premix. The toxicity of heavy metals
depends strongly on water chemistry. Finally, there is limited data on the
impact of pheromones, endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs ), and
chemicals leached from paints, PVC components, and liners. These
chemicals can exert profound and adverse efects on aquatic animals by
interfering with the endocrine systems and potentially resulting in
reduced fertility (Colt, 2006) and lower growth rates. The environmental
chemistry of different EDCs is complex and the analysis is costly.
VuIerSourccs
Table 2.2a Water QuÜli¡Criteria for Aquaculture
Parameter
Alkalinity (asCaCO,)
Aluminum (AI)
Ammonia (NH3-Nunionized)
Ammonia (TAN) Cool-waterfish
Ammonia (TAN) Warm-water fish
Arsenic (As)
Barium (Ba)
Calcium (Ca)
Carbon Dioxide (C02)
Tolerant Species (tilapia)
Sensitive Species (salmonids)
Chlorine (Cl)
Hardness, Total (as CaCOJ)
Hydrogen cyanide (HCN)
Hydrogensulide (H2S)
Iron (r)
Lead (Ph)
Magesium (Mg)
Manganese (Mn)
Mercury (Hg)
Nitrogen (N2)
Nitite (N02)
Nitrate (NOJ)
Nickel (i)
Oxygen Dissolved (DO)
(see Chapter
4
for more detail)
Ozone (0,)
PCBs
pH
Phosphorous (P)
Potassium (K)
Salinity
Selenium (Se)
Silver (Ag)
Sodium (Na)
Sulfate (SO.)
TGP(total gas pressure)
Sulfur (S)
To t al dissolved solids (TDS)
Concentration (mg!L)
50-30
<0.01
<0.0125(Sahnonids)
<1.0
<3.0
<0.05
<5
4-160
<60
<20
<0.003
>lO
<0.005
<0.002
<0.1 5
<0.02
<15
<0.01
<0.02
<110% total gas pressure
<103% Ønitrogen gas
<I, 0.1 i sofwater
00o higher
<0.1
>5
> 90m Hg partial pressue
<0.005
<0.002
658.5
0.01-3.0
<5
dependson salt or fsh species
<0.01
<0.003
<75
<50
<I05%(species dependent)
<I
<0(site specific andspecies
speifc; use as rough guideli ne)
To t al suspended solids (TSS) 10 V80(speciesdependent)
Uranium (U) <0.1
Vanadium (V) <0.1
Source� M 1985� )µe a 19&Lwson, 1995
49
50 Chapter 2 Water Quality
Table 2.2b HeavyMetal Water Quality Criteria
MctuI :: Seawatcr
±
�7.0�0* ��--710 �0 �---�10 �.--��.--
Copper 35 9 1.3 0. 18
Zinc 460 120 17 2.4
cadm.um 0.75 0.25 0.049 0.01
*Hardness (;¿asCacO,)
Source: Colt, 2006
2.5 WATER QUALITY PARMETERS
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
3. 1
81
8.8
Of all the water quality parameters, dissolved oxygen is the most
important and most critical parameter, requiring continuous monitoring
in intensive production systems. Nature played a cruel joke on
aquaculture when she decided that the saturation concentration of
dissolved oxygen would be higher at low
t
emperature and lower at high
temperatures. This condition is exactly the opposite of what fsh require
for basic metabolism and food conversion, which is higher at high
temperatures and lower at low temperatures. Although the air we breathe
contains 21% oxygen, oxygen is only slightly soluble in water. As a
result, aquatic species must spend a great deal of energy to remove the
dissolved oxygen from water, as compared to the energy that land
dwelling species expend to obtain oxygen from the air. In addition, the
solubilit of oxygen decreases as salinity increase. Both barometric
pressure and altitude also directly affect oxygen concentration. Table 2. 3
lists the saturation oxygen concentration in water as a function of salinity
and temperature.
It
l
s dificult to specif critical dissolved oxygen concentrations,
because the response to low dissolved oxygen is not life-or-death, but a
continuum of physiological effects. ln addition, these efects are
influenced by the exposure time, the size, and health of the fsh, water
temperature, concentration of carbon dioxide, and other environental
conditions. In general, though, warm water fsh feed best, grow fastest,
and are healthiest when dissolved oxygen concentrations are above about
5 mg/L. However, concentrations of dissolved oxygen greater than this
level of saturation appear to provide no additional beneft to fsh. The
gills can only transfer so much oxygen to the blood, and are very near or
at the maximum transfer capability when the environental dissolved
oxygen concentations are at the recommended concentrations. Higher
oxygen concentrations in the water do not result in any additional oxygen
carried by the blood stream.
¯
Water Sources
Table 2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg 02 per Liter, ppm) at Saturation in
Freshwater, Brackish Water, and Seawater at Diferent
Temperatures
Temp
Salinit, pars per thousand
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 0
1 1
12
13
14
15
1 6
1 7
1 8
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3 1
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
0
14.602
14.198
13.813
13.445
13.094
12.757
12.436
12.127
1 1 .832
1 1 .549
1 1 .277
1 1 .016
10.766
10.525
10 294
10.072
9.858
9.651
9.453
9.265
9.077
8.898
8.726
8.560
8.400
8.244
8.094
7.949
7.808
7.671
7.539
7. 411
7.287
7.166
7.049
6.935
6.824
6.716
6.612
6.509
6. 410
5
14. 112
13.725
13.356
13.004
12.667
12.344
12.036
1 1 .740
1 1 .457
11.185
10.925
10.674
10.434
10.203
9.981
9.768
9.562
9.364
9.174
8.990
8.812
8.641
8.476
8.316
8.162
8.013
7.868
7.729
7.593
7.462
7.335
7.212
7.092
6.976
6.863
6.753
6.647
6.543
6.442
6.344
6.248
10 1 5 20 25 30
13.638
13.268
12.914
12.576
12.253
1 1.944
1 1 .648
1 1.365
1 1 .093
10.833
10.583
10.343
10. 113
9.891
9.678
9.473
9.276
9.086
8.903
8.726
8.556
8.392
8.233
8.080
7.931
7.788
7.649
7.515
7.385
7.259
7.136
7.018
6.903
6.791
6.682
6.577
6.474
6.374
6.277
6.183
6.091
13.180
12.825
12.487
12. 163
1 1 .853
1 1 .557
1 1.274
1 1 .002
10.742
10.492
10.252
10.022
9.80.1
9.589
9.384
9.188
8.998
8.816'
8.640
8.471
8.307
8.149
7.997
7.849
7.707
7.569
7.436
7.307
7.182
7.060
6.943
6.829
6.718
6.611
6.506
6.405
6.306
6.210
6.117
6.025
5.937
12.737
12.398
12.073
1 1 .763
1 1 .467
1 1 . 183
10.911
10.651
10.401
10.162
9.932
9.711
9.499
9.295
9 099
8.91 1
8.729
8.554
8.385
2.222
8.065
7.914
7.767
7.626
7.489
7.357
7.229
7.105
6.984
6.868
6.755
6.645
6.539
6.435
6.335
6237
6.142
6.050
5.960
5.872
5.787
12.309
1 1.984
1 1 .674
1 1 .376
11. 092
10.820
10.560
10.311
10.071
9.842
9.621
9.4!0
9.207
9. 011
8.823
8.642
8.468
8 300
8. 138
7.982
7.831
7.685
7.545
7.409
7.277
7.150
7.027
6.908
6.792
6.680
6.572
6.466
6.364
6.265
6.168
6.074
5 983
5.894
5.807
5.723
5.641
1 1 .896
1 1 .585
I 1.287
1 1.003
10.730
10.470
10.220
9.981
9.752
9.532
9.321
9. 118
8.923
8.735
8.555
8.381
8.214
8.053
7.898
7.748
7.603
7.463
7.328
7.198
7.072
6.950
6.831
6.717
6.606
6.498
6.394
6.293
6.194
6.099
6.006
5.915
5.828
5.742
5.659
5.577
5.498
35
1 1 .497
1 1. 198
10.913
10.641
10.380
10. 131
9.892
9.662
9.443
9.232
9.029
8.835
8.648
8.468
8.295
8.129
7.968
7.814
7.664
7.521
7.382
7.248
7. 1 1 8
6.993
6.872
6.754
6.641
6.531
6.424
6.321
6.221
6.123
6.029
5.937
5.848
5.761
5.676
5.594
5.514
5.436
5.360
51
40
1 1 . 1 1 1
10.825
10.552
10.291
10.042
9.802
9.573
9.354
9.143
8.941
8.747
8.561
8.381
8.209
8.043
7.883
7.730
7.581
7.438
7.300
7.167
7.038
6.914
6.794
6.677
6.565
6.456
6.350
6.248
6.148
6.052
5.959
5.868
5.779
5.694
5.610
5.529
5.450
5.373
5.297
5.224
52 Chapter 2 WaterQualit
For sahnonids, as a group, the rearing unit efuent should contain
from 6.0 to 8.0 mg/L dissolved oxygen (DO). For catfsh and tilapia,
allowable minimum levels are much lower than for salmonids, e.g., 2 or
3 mgL, while it is certainly recommended to stay much closer to 5 or 6
mg/L. This variation in what the allowable minimums are has to do with
the fact tat partial oxygen pressure (p02) appears to be a more valid way
to determine the lower limits. A p0 of 90 mm Hg sems to be a
reasonable target for salmonids (Downey and Klontz, 1981 ). The
atmosphere contains 21 % oxygen, and at standard pressure of 760 mm
Hg at 20°C, this represents a p02 of 0.21 • (760-17. 54)" or 155.9 mm
Hg. and corresponds to a dissolved oxygen saturation of 9. 1 mg/L.
Therefore, 90 mm Hg corresponds to 5.2 mg/L DO. If the temperature is
5°C, p02 corresponds to 0.21 • (760 - 6.54) or 158.2 mm Hg and
corresponds to a DO saturtion 12.8 mg/L. In this case, 90 mm Ilg
corresponds to 7.3 mg/L. As noticed, the warer the water the lower the
efluent DO in mg/L can go, while still representing a p0 of 90 mm Hg.
Applying 90 mm p02 @ 30°C for tilapia would set a target value of 4.4
mg/ for culture tank oxygen levels.
TEMPERATURE
Water temperature i s second only to dissolved oxygen in importance
and impact on the economic viability of a commercial aquaculture
venture. Temperature directly affects the physiological processes, such as
respiration rate, efficiency of feeding and assimilation, growth, behavior,
and reproduction. Fish have traditionally been grouped into three
classifcations depending on their temperature preference: cold-water,
cool-water, and warm-watr. Cold-water species prefer water
temperatures under l5°C (60°F), cool-water species between l 5°-20°C
(60°-68°F), and warm-water species above 20°C (68°F). These are not
exact definitions and several factors arc involved in dete1mining the
tolerance of fsh to diferent temperatures; these include species, age,
size, and past thermal history.
Fish are classifed as poikilothermic or cold-blooded, which means
that their body temperature i s approximately the same as their
surrounding environment. Therefore, each species has an optimum
temperature range that maximizes growth and an upper and lower limit
beyond which they cannot survive. Within the species tolerable
temperature range, growth rates increase as the water temperature
increases, until the optimum temperature is reached. Above the optimum
temperature, the increased energy requirements for food conversion and
• 17.54 mm Hg is the vapor pressure of water at 20°C
I
J
Water Sources 53
other metabolic processes ensure that the law of diminishing returs
applies. In addition, at higher than optimum temperatures, the fsh food
conversion ratios are lower. Further temperature increases beyond
optimum are of no beneft, and may in fact approach lethal levels. Thus
to insure maximum gowth and minimize stress, system temperatures
need to be maintained as close as possible to optimum value. Optimum
temperature range for several representative species is presented in Table
2.4.
Table 2.4 Optimum Temperature Ranges (0C) for Representative
Aquaculture Species
Temp. Source
Scies Range
brown trout (Salmo truffa) 12-14"
Aston, 1981
rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) 14-16° Aston, 1981
brook trout (Salve/inusfontinalus) 7-13° Piper, et al. 1982
Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus 10-14° Piper, et al. 1982
tshawytscha)
Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) 9-14° Piper, et al. 1982
Atlantic salmon (Salmosolar) 15° Aston, 1981
sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerda) 15° Aston, 1981
turbot (Scophthalmus maximus) 19 Aston, 1981
sole (So!easol ea) 15° Aston, 1981
channel catfsh (lctaluruspuncta/us) 25 30°
Tucker &
Robinson, 1990
striped bass (Moronoe saxatilis) 13-24° Piper, et al. 1982
red drum (Sciaenops ocellatus) 22-28° Piper, et al. 1982
largemouth bass (Micropterus 25-30°
Piper, et al. 1982
salmoides)
European eel (Anguilla anguilla) 22-26°
Aston, 1981
Japanese eel (A. jabonica) 24-28° Aston, 1981
carp ( Cypriums ca1pio) 25-30° Aston, 1981
mullet (Mugil cephalus) 28° Aston, 1981
tilapia (Sarotheorodon, sp.) 28-32° Aston, 1981
AMMONIA ÍNITRITE ÍNITRATE
Nitrogen is an essential mmall living organisms, and is found in
proteins, nucleic acids, adenosine phosphates, pyridine nucleotides, and
pigments. However, nitrogen is required in relatively small quantities,
and physiological needs are easily satisfed. Excess quantities then
become nitrogenous wastes, and removal is necessary. The fish create
and expel various nitrogenous waste products through gill difsion, gill
54
Chapter 2 Water Quality
cation exchange, and urine and feces excretion. In addition to the
a

monia, urea, uric acid, and amino acid excreted by the fish,
mtrogenous wastes accumulate from the organic debris of dead and
dying organisms, uneaten feed, and fromnitrogen gas in the atmosphere.
�ecot

posing these nitrogenous compounds is particularly important in
mtenstve RS because of the toxicity of ammonia, nitrite, and to some
extent, nitrate.
Ammonia, nitrite, and nitrate are all highly soluble in water.
Ammonia exists in two forms: unionized NH3 and ionized Ni/
(ammonium). The relative concentration of the two
'
forms of ammonia is
primarily a function of water pH, salinit, and temperature. The sum of
the tvvo (NH/+ NHJ) is called totl ammonia nitrogen or simply
ammonia. It is common in chemistr to express inorganic nitrogen
compo

nds
_
in terms of the nitrogen they contain, i.e., NH/-N (ionized
ammonta nttrogen), NH3-N (unionized ammonia nitrogen), N02"-N
(nitrite nitrogen) and N03·-N (nitrate nitrogen). This allows for easier
computation
_
of total ammonia-nitrogen (TAN = NH/-N + NH3-N) and
easy conversiOn between the various stages of nitrifcation.





DEFINITIONS
NH3-N = unionized ammonia nitrogen (ammonia)
NH4 +_N = ionized ammonia nitrogen (ammonium)
TAN =NH/-N + NH3-N
N02·-N =nitrite nitrogen
N03·-N = nitrate nitrogen
Unionized ammonia (NH3-N) is the most toxic form of ammonia
becau

e of its ability to move across cell membranes, so the toxicity of
TAN IS dependent on the percentage present in the unionized form. An
in

rease in pH, temperature, or salinity increases the proportion of the
umo11 zed form of ammonia nitrogen. The concentration of NH3-N can
be computed knowing the pH fromthe following equation:
1½W
W11 - W
�.`¨,
(2.4)
where TAN is the measured concentration of total ammonia nitrogen
(mgL); pKa, the acidity constant for the reaction (9.40 in fresh water at
20 °C); pH, the measured pH of the solution; NH3- N, computed
concentration in (mg/L).
Water Souces 55
For example, given a T AN = 5.0 mg/L in fresh water at 20°C and a
pH of 7 .0, the concentration of unionized ammonia is only 0.020 mg/L,
which has a negligible impact on most fsh. However, at a pH of9.0, the
unionized ammonia increases to 1 .43 mg/L, killing most species of fsh
in hours. The fraction of unionized ammonia at different temperatures
and pH are included in the Appendix.
.
Ammonia appears to have a direct effect on the growth

f aqua

1c
animals. Unionized ammonia is toxic to fsh at low concentrations, w1th
96-hour LC50's varying widely by species from as low as 0.08 mgL NIIJ­
N for pink salmon to 2.2 mg/L NH3-N for common carp. In general,
warm-water fish are more tolerant to ammonia toxicity than cold-water
fsh, and freshwater fsh are more tolerant than saltwater fish. In general,
for commercial production, unionized ammonia concentrations should be
held below 0.05 mg/L and TAN concentrations below 1.0 mg/ for long­
tem1 exposure. Table 2.5 summarizes the efects of temperature and pii
on the percentage of free ammonia in freshwater.
Tah!c 2.5 Percentage of Free Ammonia (as !H3) in Freshwater at Varying
_I I and Water TcmEerature,�Lawson,19952
!0´C IS"C 20¨C 2>`C 30´C
pH
�5o·F) (
59.
F2 (
68.F2 (77.F2 (86.F2
6.0
0. 1 0.1
6.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3
7.0 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8
7.5 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.8 2.5
8.0 1.8 2.7 3.8 5.4 7.5
8.5 5.6 8.0 1 1 .2 I5.3 20.3
9.0 15.7 21 .5 28.4 36.3 44.6
9.5 37.1 46.4 55.7 64.3 71. 8
10.0 65.1 J3.3 T9.9 85.1 89.0
Nitrite is the ionized fonn of the relatively strong acid, nitrous acid
and is the intermediate product in the process of nitrifcation of ammonia
to nitrate. Although nitrite is converted to nitrate relatively quickly by
ozone or by the nitrifing bacteria in a properly balanced bioflter, it is a
problem in rccu cµg systems because it can build u� easily if �he
second bacterial driven stage ofthe nitrifcation process ts not workmg
properly. Therefore, it is an important water quali
_
ty
y
a

amet

r to monit

r
and correct if acceptable limits are exceeded. Nttnte JS tox1c because 1t
affects the blood hemoglobin's ability to carry oxygen. When nitrite
enters the bloodstream, it oxidizes the iron in the hemoglobin molecule
56 Chapter 2 Water Quality
fom the ferrous state to the ferric state. TI1e resulting product is called
methemoglobin, which has a characteristic brown color, hence the
common name "brown-blood disease". The amount of nitrite entering the
blood depends on the ratio of nitrite to chloride in the water, in that
increased levels of chloride reduce the amount of nitrite absorption.
Chloride levels can be increased by adding ordinary salt (sodium
chloride) or calcium chloride. ~:least a 20.I ratio of chloride to nilritc­
X
:
itro
_
gen (Cl: NOrN) is recommended for channel catish in ponds,
tllapta, and rainbow tout.
Nitrate is the end-product of nitrification and is the least toxic of the
nitrogen compounds, with a 96-h LC50 value usually exceeding 1000 mg
NOrN IL. In recirculation systems, nitrate levels are usually controlled
by dail� water exchanges. In systems with low water exchange or high
hydrauhc retention times, denitrifcation has become increasingly
important (see Chapter 9).
PH
T1e pH value expresses the intensity of the acidic or basic
chara
_
cteristic of water. In simplifed chemical terms, pH is the negative
loganthm of the hydrogen ion concentration. The pH scale ranges from0
to 14, with a pH of7.0 corresponding to the neutral point. Values ofpH
below 7.0 are acidic (the II ion predominates), and above 7.0, values are
basic or alkaline (the OH
+
ion predominates). The pH of most
groundwater's and surface water is buffered by the bicarbonate­
carbonate system and has pJ values between 5 and 9. Exceptions to this
are groundwater with high concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide

nd water draining fom some mines (acid mine drainage, ~mo).~mb
1½ the result of the oxidation of mineral sulfdes, which becomes sulfuric
acid. Seawater is buffered by the bicarbonate-borate system and has a
relatively stable pH between 8.0 and 8.5. The optimum pH for the
growth and health of most freshwater aquatic animals is in the range of
6.5 to 9.0.
Exposure to extreme pH can be stressfl or lethal but it is the
indirect effects resulting from the interactions of pH with �ther variables
that

r� more imp
?


t in aquaculture. pH controls a wide variety of
solubthty and eqmhbna reactions, the most important of which is the
relationship between the unionized and the ionized formof ammonia and
nitrite. pH also afects the toxicity of hydrogen sulfde and metals such
as copper, cadmium, zinc and aluminum.
Water Sources 57
ALKLINI1¥ HBNESS
In broad tcn1, alkalinity is a measw-e of the pH-buffering capacity
or the acid-neutalizing capacity of water. In chemical terms, alkalinity is
defned as the total amount of titratable bases in water expressed as mg!L
equivalent calcium carbonate (CaC03). Sometimes alkalinity is
expressed as milliequivalentslliter, where 1 meq/L equals 50 mg/L as
CaC03. The principle ions that contribute to alkalinity are carbonate
(C03 ") and bicarbonate (Hcon. Table 2. 6 provides a list of commonly
used alkalinity supplements, their relative solubility, and their
equivalents basis (see also Chapter 7 for discussion of nitrification and
alkalinity consumption). See the appendix for hardness conversions to a
variety of units.
Table 2.6 Alkalinity Supplement Properties (Bisogi and Timmons, 1994)
ChemicUl Equivalent Rate of
Formula Common Name(s) Wt. (gm/eq.) Solubilit solubilization
NaOH sodium hydroxide 40 high rapid
Na2C03 sodium carbonate 53 high rapid
soda ash
NaHC03 sodium 83 high rapid
bicarbonate
baking soda
CaC03 calcium carbonate 50 moderate moderate
calcite
CaO slaked lime 28 high moderate
Ca(OH)2 calcium hydoX 37 high moderate
hydrated lime
CaMg(C03)2 dolomite 46 moderate slow
MgC03 magnesium 42 moderate slow
carbonate
magnesite
Mg(OH)2 magnesium 29 moderate slow
hydroxide
brucite
Note: Na compounds arehighly soluble in water while Mgcompounds have poor
slubility.C cmpuWK ieiate. Mg compounds tnd to dissolve very
slowly, so may have application in situations requiring D long-term application. Na
compounds may prove to be the most expensive.
Basedon lOO% pure compound. To calculate (or impurities, divide the tabulated value by
the pure fraction ({100%-impurities %}/100 gives pure fraction)to get the true
value.
58 Chaptr 2 Water Quality
In practical terms, alkalinity is measured by titration with sulfric or
hydrochloric acid to the methyl orange endpoint (pH of 4.5). Alkalinity
of freshwater ranges from less than 5 mg/L in sof water to over 500
mg/L, and is determined by the geology of the aquifer or watershed. The
alkalinity of seawater is about 120 mg/L CaC03. Required alkalinity
concentrations are directly linked to system pH and carbon dioxide
concentrations. Maintaining carbon dioxide concentrations at less than
15 mg/L and pHbetween 7.0 and 7.4 requires an alkalinity concentration
less than 70 (high pH condition) to 190 mg/L CaC03 (low pH condition).
The relationship between pH, alkalinity, and C02 concentrations i s
shown i n Fig. 2.2.
100.0
90.0
S0.0
70.0
..
60.0
<
50.0
c
¹
40.0
C
(
30.0
20.0
10. 0
1\ \
--alk = 25 mg/L
1

--alk = 50 mg/L
1

--alk = 100 mg!L
f-



.
��

��

0.0
6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 S.00
µH
1Iyurc 2.2 The relationship between pH, alkalinity, and C02 concentrations
when alkalinity is 25, 50, & 100 mg/L at zero salinit and 20 °C (ote
C02 concentation is proportional to alkalinity).
In recent years, as aquaculture system stocking density and hydraulic
retention time has increased, the relationship between pH and alkalinity
has become a significant issue. This relationship requires carefl
monitoring and adjustment of both alkalinity and carbon dioxide levels to
maintain optimum pH for both the aquatic species being grown and the
bioflters. Alkalinity is easily adjusted through the addition of sodium
bicarbonate (NaHC03), common baking soda. Other materials can be
used, but sodium bicarbonate is commercially available in 23 to 45 kg
(50 to 100 lb) bags, safe, inexpensive, and easy to apply. It has very high
Water Sources 59
water solubility and rapidly dissolves in water at ambient temperature. A
general rule of thumb is that for evetypound of feed, approximately 0.25
lbs ( 1 1 3 g) of sodium bicarbonate should be added to the water. Carbon
dioxide concentations are routinely controlled through degasification
systems, such as counter-flow gas stripping towers.
Hardness is the term used to describe the ability of water to
precipitate soap, the harder the water, the greater the amount of soap that
must be added to a given volume of water to get the same cleaning
action. In chemical terms, hardness is defned as the total concentration
of primarily calcium (Ca2+) and magnesium (Mg2+), iron, and manganese
in terms of mg/L equivalent calcium carbonate (CaC03). In practical
terms, hardness is measured by chemical titration. The total hardness of
natural waters ranges from less than 5 to over 1 0,000 mg/L CaC03.
Waters have traditionally been classifed as sof (0-5 mg/), moderately
hard (75-150 mgL), hard (150-300 mg/L), or very hard (> 300 mg/L).
Hardness is ofen confused with alkalinity, probability because both
are commonly defned in terms of mgL CaC03. In fact, if the alkalinity
of the water originates from limestone, the concentrations of hardness
and alkalinity can be similar if not identical. Conversely, many coastal­
plain area groundwaters have high alkalinity and very low hardness
concentrations. Aquifers in regions of basalt and granite often have
waters of low total hardness and. low alkalinity, because of the relative
low solubility of these minerals. If this low hardness and low alkalinity
water i s used for aquaculture, the water must be "hardened" by adding
dissolved calcium to support newly fertilized freshwater fish eggs and for
calcifcation of larval skeletal stuctures. Calcium and magnesium also
decrease the toxicity of dissolved metals. Recommendations for total
hardness range-fom20 to 300 mgL.
CARBON DIOXIDE AND THE CARBONATE CYCLE
Carbon dioxide is highly soluble in water, but concentrations i n pure
water are low (0.54 mg/L at 20°C), due to its low concentration in the
atmosphere (about 0.035% by volume). Most of the carbon dioxide in an
aquaculture water column is produced by animal respiration and the
decomposition of organic matter. The concentration of carbon dioxide i n
groundwater can range from0 to 100 mg/L, depending on the biological
activity ìu U aur reh VÃÎÆ. The concentation of dissolved
carbon dioxide in surface waters depends on the rate of respiration,
photosynthesis, and gas exchange with the atmosphere.
Exposure to high carbon dioxide concentrations reduces respiration
efficiency and decreases the tolerance to low dissolved oxygen
concentrations. High levels of carbon dioxide in the water reduce carbon
60 Chapter 2Water Quality
dioxide excretion at fsh gills. This, in tur, causes the C02 concentration
in the fish blood to increase, lowering the blood plasma pH, which
creates a condition called respirator acidosis. When a fish is in this
condition, the amount of oxygen that the blood hemoglobin can carry is
reduced and respiration distress can occur, even with high concentrations
of dissolved oxygen in the water. This is referred to M the Bohr-Root
effect. An upper limit of 15-20 mg/L carbon dioxide is recommended as
steady state maximum for finfish (see Table 2.2), although this
recommendation is poorly supported by research. Colt (2006) states that
water quality criteria for carbon dioxide cannot be made at this time,
especially for warmwater species. As a management technique, higher
concentrations (60-80 mg!L) have a narcotic effect on aquatic animals
and are sometimes used on a temporar basis as an anesthetic to reduce
handling stress and during treatment procedures. There has also been
work to use high levels of carbon dioxide to force fish to swim through
connecting pipes fom one tank to another (The Freshwater Institute,
personal communication).
DEFINITIONS
• C02 carbon dioxide
• H2C03 = carbonic acid
• HC0¿. = bicarbonate ions
• CQ,¨¯
=
carbonate ions
Carbon dioxide differs from oxygen, nitrogen, and other gases,
because its concentration in water is determined both by a gas-liquid
equilibrium relationship and by a series of acid-base reactions. Gas­
liquid equilibrium influences the transfer of carbon dioxide between air
and water and the acid-base reactions determine the chemical form in
which dissolved inorganic carbon is present in water. Dissolved carbon
dioxide concentration is therefore a function of pH and the total
dissolved inorganic carbon (CtC03) present in water, i.e., carbon dioxide
(C02), carbonic acid (H2C03), bicarbonate ions (HC03"), and carbonate
ions (CO/
-
). It is more correct to write H2C03 • for carbonic acid where
H2C03 • is a composite carbonic acid concentration that includes true
carbonic acid plus dissolved carbon dioxide or:
(2.5)
Water Sources 6I
This composite carbonic acid concentration is m fact what is referred
to as dissolved carbon dioxide. The acid--base equilibrium relationships
bet\veen pH and carbon dioxide in freshwater and seawater aquaculture
systems have been extensively reviewed and a summary of the carbonate
acid-base system is presented in Table 2.7 (Grace & Piedrahita, 1994,
Stumm and Morgan, 1981).
The carbonate system can be considered to be a volatile system or a
non-volatile system depending on whether or not aqueous carbon dioxide
is allowed to exchange and equilibrate with atmospheric carbon dioxide,
volatile being one that has equilibrated with the atosphere. RAS's with
medium or higher fish densities (> 40 kg fish biomass per m3) are
considered non-volatile due to:
• high production rate of C02
• high solubility of C02
• relatively low degassing rate of C02 across the water surface in a
culture tank.
In a fully volatile system, the dissolved C02 will be at equilibrium
with the air as a function of temperature and salinity and will approach
�0.5 mg/L (example given below). These relationships are summarized
in Figs. 2.3 and 2.4 (from Bisogni and Timmons, 1994). Using Fig. 2.4
for an open (volatile) system, the dissolved C02 can be calculated as
follows assuming a system pH of7.0:
= 0.00044 g · 7000" = 0.44 "
1
"
L
62
-2
.3
»4

.`

7
Chapter 2 Water Quality
-
v
7
7
æ
7
×
r
7
·
7
. �
.
QM
l0 I 1 I2
Figure 2.3 Non-volatile (closed) log C-pH diagram for freshwater at 20 oc
(fromBisogni and Timmons, 1994).
Determination of equilibrium carbon dioxide concentrations requires
that two of following three quantities be known: pH, total carbonate
carbon, alkalinity. For example, total dissolved carbon dioxide,
[H2C03 ·], can be calculated from the total carbonate carbon, [CtC03],
and pH, since pH defines [It]
(2.6)
as well as from the alkalinity (AK) and pH:
(2.7)
Water Sources 63
-2
-3
U -S
ä
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-6 �-

-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
·t
5
¿W
10 ¡ ¡
Figure 2.4 Volatile (open) Log C-pH Diagram for freshwater at 20 °C and
for an atmospheric C02 conecnttation of315 ppm(concentation of
1 o·
J.s
atm) (from Bisogni and Tirnons, 1994)
¡2
The equilibrium constants K0, K1, and K2 are defrned in Table 2.7,
the square brackets indicate molar concentration, and alkalinity is given
as mg CaC03 per litcr.
Applying the equilibrium constants given in Table 2.7 for C02 and
assuming a gas space concentration of C02 around the stripping device of
5,000 ppm (OSHA 8-h limit, see Table A-15), we can calculate the
concentration of C02 in the water as follows:
X _ K . , _ 0.0006111 mol C01
0 0050
55.6 mol water
¹¹ ¯ 1Í
- · . afm·
' ' atm · mol water L
44g
.
10; mg = 7_5 mg
C02
mol C02 g L
Table 2.7 Carbonate System Acid-Base Equilibrium Reactions and Equilibrium
Constants in Freshwater (Stm ad Morgan, 1981) (square brackets
signify molar concentrations (moles/L); the units of the partial pressure of
carbon dioxide (
Pco2
) are atmospheres (atm) (from Surerfelt et al. 2000;
refer to Piedrahita and Seland, 1995
;
for temperature dependence of the
equilibrium constants.)
64 Chapter 2 Water Quality
Equtlibrium
EquilibriumRelationships EquilibriumConstants @ 25°C
T
Gas-liquid eo(g)+COz(aq K"= Pco
2
/Xo
2
� 6.llxl0 . atm·•
hydration
COz (nq) + Hz0-H1CO, K �[H1COl]/[C01] -1.58xi0·1
dehydration
acid-base
»
H1COJ+HCO.J ' K,-[H
.
][HCO;]/(H>COJ] - 2.83xI 0 ¯mV
..i+-b.se
+
IIC0·3-CO 1+H K
2
•[COl.)[ll

)I[HCOl.] •4.6xlo·" moVL
acid-base
H10+0H.+H• Kw=[OH-][H•]
= I .Oxly•• mi1/2
aisSolut1o
caco)-co")+a
+ +
preci pitation
K.,=[COl J[Ca l
-4.57xl0"
9
moi
2
/L2
These equations illustrate that the dissolved carbon dioxide
concentration can be efted by changes in the total amount of
carbonate carbon in solution, the alkalinity, or the pH of the water. Note
that the hydration/dehydration reactions are semi-instantaneous while
the acid-base reactions are much slower (seconds). Chan�es in
tem
p
�ra
.
lure and salinity can also have minor effects, since they affect the
eqUlhbnum constant values (Piedrahita and Seland, 1995). In addition to
these equations, an approximation within 5-10% can be used to calculate
the dissolved carbon dioxide concenu·ation given the alkalinity and pH
(restricted to a pii range from 6.5-9.5; Summerfelt, 1996):
where:
'co,
Dissolved carbon dioxide concentration (mg/L)
AK Alkalinity (as CaC03 mgL)
(2.8)
Meth
.
o?s of C02 degass�g are presented and discussed in Chapter 8.
The add1t10n of bases to tncrease the pH and shift the carbonate
chemistry equilibrium will control carbon dioxide in aquaculture systems
(Grace and Piedrahita, 1994; Summerfelt, 1996; Loyless and Malone,
1997). Typically adding bases to the culture water does not result in the
removal of dissolved inorganic carbon fromsolution, but merely causes a
decrease in the carbon dioxide concentration by shifing the carbonate
carbon balance to bicarbonate and carbonate ions as the pH is increased.
Two general classes of chemicals are used in aquaculture to control
pH and decrease carbon dioxide concentrations:
Water Sources 65
• strong bases which do not contain any carbon, e.g., sodium
hydroxide, and
• bases that contain carbon, e.g., sodium bicarbonate.
In either case, the addition of bases causcs an increase in the
alkalinity ofthe culture water. In the case of the caron-containing bases,
the increase in alkalinity is accompanied by an increase in total carbonate
carbon. The pH increase resulting from chemical base addition is
determined by the initial characteristics of the water (pH, alkalinity, and
total carbonate carbon) and by the type and amount of base added.
Equations derived from the carbonate chemistry system, Table 2. 7, can
be used to target a design carbon dioxide concentration and the
corresponding alkalinity and carbonate carbon. The target of levels of
alkalinity and carbonate carbon can then be used to estimate the amount
of base needed for maintaining the design carbon dioxide level.
SALINITY
Water is commonly described as fresh, brackish, or saltwater. Each
of these terms refers to the salinity of the water, and there arc no clearly
identifed crossover points between these characterizations. Salinity is
defined as the total concentration of dissolved ions in water, and is
usually reported as parts per thousand (ppt) or g of salt per kilogram
of water. The major contributors of dissolved ions are calcium sodium
potassium, bicarbonate, chloride, and sulfate. The salinity :f naturai
waters tends to refect the climate, geography, and hydrological
conditions of the immediate surroundings. Each aquatic species has an
optimum rae ot æImtj \or rep.oduction and growth, although the
salinity tolerance of most aquaculture species is rather broad. For
example, rainbow trout fngerlings are produced in freshwater,
acclimated to saltwater and then can be grown out to marketable size in
sea cages at salinities as high as 20 ppt. Most freshwater fsh of
commercial importance reproduce and grow well at salinities up to at
least 45 ppt.
Fish maintain the concentration of dissolved salts in their body fuids
by regulating the uptake of ions from the environment and through the
restriction of ion loss. This process is called "osmoregulation".
Freshwater Hsh, mcxmÎc, m to accumulate water because they
have body fluids more concentrated in ions than the surrounding water.
When exposed to salinity values outside of their optimum range, aquatic
species must spend considerable energy for osmoregulation at the
expense of other fnctions, such as growth. If salinity deviates too far
from optimum, the animal cannot maintain homeostasis and dies. The
66 Chapter 2 Water Quality
blood of freshwater fishes has an osmotic pressure approximately equal
to the osmotic pressure of a 7 ppt sodium chloride solution. Freshwater
aquaculture systems are generally maintained at 2-3 ppt salinity to
reduce stress levels and the amount of energy required for
osmoregulation, thereby increasing growth rates.
SOLIDS-SETTLEABLE, SUSPENDED, DISSOLVED
Waste solids accumulating in an aquaculture system come from
uneaten feed, feed fines, fsh fecal matter, algae, and bioflm cell mass
sloughed from biological filters. Studies indicate that fish produce
between 0.3 to 0.4 kg total suspended solids (TSS) for every 1 kg of feed
fed. Waste solids influence the eficiency of all other unit processes in a
rccirculaling system. They are a major source of carbonaceous oxygen
demand and nutrient input into the water, and can directly affect fsh
health within rccirculating systems by damaging fish gills and harboring
pathogens. The tentative upper limit for freshwater fsh is 25 mg TSS/L,
with 10 mg TSS/L usually recommended for normal operation; tilapia
can perfom1 well with TSS levels of 80 mg/L if all other water quality
parameters are at a preferred level. Therefore, solids removal is one of
the most important processes in aquaculture systems. Optimally, solids
need to be removed from the fsh culture tank as soon as possible, while
creating as little turbulence and mechanical shearing as possible.
Solids are generally classifed into three categories: settleable,
suspended, and fne or dissolved solids. The difference between
settleable and suspended solids is simply the time it takes for them to
settle to the bottom of an Imhof cone. Settleable solids seule out in less
than an hour. Suspended solids do not; and therefore require a treatment
process other than conventional gavity settling basins. Fine and
dissolved solids are by their very nature difficult to remove.
2.6
M
EASUEMENTS
METERS óINSTRUMENTS
The three water quality parameters described below are the three
most critical to successfl aquaculture, in that they can change
dramatically in a relatively short time (DO can drop to lethal levels in
minutes at high loading densities!). As a result, they should be monitored
continuously, with backup systems and alarms to indicate out of
tolerance conditions.
WatcrSourccs
]JSSOJILDL·CEN
Although dissolved oxygen (DO) cnn
be measured analytically by using the
Winkler Method and a simple titration,
the dissolved oxygen meters available
today allow for rapid and accurate
analysis over a range from zero to
supersaturation. Two types of electrodes
are commonly used: polarographic and
galvanic. In simple terms, both of these
meters consists of an electrode, which
produces a signal proportional to the
67
concentration of the oxygen in the water, and instrumentation to convert
tbc signal reading to a visual display or recording device. A typical
polarographic DO electrode or probe consists of a gold electrode and a
silver-silver oxide reference electrode. The electrodes are bathed in 4 M
KCl and separated from the sample by a membrane, usually made of
Teflon, polyethylene, or fluoroc�rbon. The membrane is permeable to
gases and the rate at which oxygen crosses the membrane is directly
proportional to the dissolved oxygen concentration in the sample. When
an electrical voltage is applied to the probe, molecular oxygen diffusing
across the membrane reacts with the cathode (gold ring) and a small
current flow to the anode electrode (silver). In a galvanic system, the
electrode generates a small voltage (mV range) proportional to the
dissolved oxygen concentration. Both systems require temperah1re,
atmospheri c pressure, and salinity compensation, usually accomplished
by a combination of calibration and instrumentation hardware and
sofware. Currently there are numerous DO meters available, over a wide
range of price scales. As usual, you usually will "get what you pay for",
so invest in a good oxygen meter (-$500 minimum).
The newest technology for measuring dissolved oxygen is based
upon dynamic fluorescence quenching of a luminescent dye
(Luminescent Dissolved Oxygen, LDO). The sensor in the cap is coated
with a luminescent material. Blue light from an LED illuminates the
luminescent chemical on the surface of the sensor cap. The luminescent
chemical instantly becomes excited and then as the excited chemical
relaxes, ¡Ireleases wdligt. The red light is detected by a photodiode
and the Lime it takes for the chemical to retur to a relaxed state is
measured. The higher the oxygen concentration, the less red light is
given off to the sensor and the shorter time it Lakes for the luminescent
material to retur to a relaxed state. The oxygen concentration is
inversely proportional to the time it takes for the luminescent material to

AiJuaculture
·

CENTER

·

Recirculating Aquaculture
By

2nd Edition

M!CHAEL B. TIMMONS AND JAMES M EBELING

Cayuga Aqua Ventn� 2010

NRAC Publication No. 401-2010

Recirculating ition Aquaculture2nd Ed

Copyright©

CAYUGA AQUA VENTURES Ithaca, NY

20 I 0 by

126 Sunset Drive 14850

MICHAEL B.

TIMMONS
g Department

302 Rifey-Robb Hall, lthaca, NY 14853 mbt3@cornell.edu

Cornell University Biological and Environmental Engineerin

JAMES M. EBELING
Aquaculture Systems Technologies, LLC 108 Industrial Ave. New Orleans, LA 70121 jebeling@beadfilters.com
ISBN

978-0-9712646-2-5 2010

Cayuga Aqua Ventures,

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher, Cayuga Aqua Ventures,

126 Sunset Drive, Ithaca, NY 14850.
to

No responsibility is assumed by the Publisher for any injury and/or

damage

persons

negligence or othenvise, or from any use or operation of any methods, products, instructions or ideas contaiqed in the material herein. Printed in the United States NRAC Publication No. 401-2010 NRAC Publication No. 401-2010

or

property as a matter of products liability,

DEDICATION We would like to eo-dedicate this new text to Dr. Wheaton (Fred) and Dr. W.D. Youngs. Fred was James Ebeling's major professor for his PhD at University of Maryland. In fact, many of us in the industry had Fred as our major advisor. Frcd was way ahead of his time 1n 1977 and wrote what became known as the Aquacultural Engineer's Bible , "Aquacultural Engineering", in 1977. This text was the found ation for many teaching programs around the world and remains popul ar still. Most of the technical information published in this 1977 text remains valid today 30 years later! Fred was a co-author on our earlier text in 2002 "Recirculating Aquaculture Systems" by Timm ons, Ebeling, Wheaton, Summerfclt and Vinci (2002 by Cayuga Aqua Ventures, lthaca, NY). Frcd has chaired over 50 graduate committees. Many of the PhD students have gone on to be the leaders in the aquaculture research and teaching community. Frcd has always been a very supportive individual and has continued to mentor us as we progress through our careers. Dr. Whcalon developed one of the first aquacultural engineering research and extension programs in the U.S. His research has included recirculating systems, seafood processing, automation of oyster shocking, and a variety of other topics related to aquacultural engineering. He has published widely producing over 100 articles and three books. He was one of the founding members of and has served as president of the Aquacultural Engineering Society. Dr. Wheaton recently retired (June 2010) as Director of the USDA Northeastern Regional Aquaculture Ccntcr (5 years) and was formerly Chairman and Professor, Department of Biological Resources Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland; Dr. Wheaton was a faculty member for 42 years at the University of Maryland. We all owe a great deal of gratitude to Dr. Wheaton for his career efforts as a developer and supporter of the aquaculturc community. For this and mnny other reasons, we dedicate this book to him.

second Our dedication goes to Dr. Youngs, D. William Professor Emeritus, Department of Natural Resources, Comell University. Dr. Youngs spent over 30 years at Comell teaching and mentoring students in and fishery science aquaculture. Dr. Youngs is most recognized for one of the seminal texts . in fisheries "Principles of Fishery Science", that he co-authored �1th J?r. w. Harry E vcrhart, a book that many keep in their personal hbranes (published 1981, Cornell University Press , p. 349). For me (Timmons) it was a phone call from Bill in 1984 th�t was �ny introduction to the world of aquaculture and, in particula�, recnculatm aquaculture. The phone call went something like "What SI�e pump do need to move 1 000 gpm of water ngainst 10 feet of head? , I_ responded with my own q�cstion, "Why do you want to know that?:· � Ill took me under his wing and we spent many hours toge�er bUJldmg the recirculating aquaculture system at the Comell Dauy Res�arch farm. was also the first General Manager of my commercial aquaculture venture, Fingerlakcs Aquaculturc (sec Chapter 17).

���
.

· ton to !Ile. I truly value Bill's · Bill has always been a constnnt msptrat" . advice on a wide variety of subjects, but I constder him unequaled_ m experience and scientific knowledge on fisheries manageme�t as apph d to recirculnting aquaculture. I also hav� the honor of bemg the �n � person that Bill ever took � s?in� and failed to even have a fish stnke. We hope to eliminate that dJstmctJOn soon.

Thanks Bill! July2010

NRAC Publication No. 401-2010

NRAC Publication No. 401-2010

basic NRAC Publication No. much remains to be done in all of these areas.S.S. At this time the U. In the 1960s the U. disease control. largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides). most fish culture is in fresh or brackish water. goldfish (Carassius aura/us). it is an excellent success story. crabs. bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus). U. 401-2010 .S. disease control. shrimp. Species such as blue mussels (Mytilus edulis).S. 1980) but it wasn't until the 1880's that trout culture came to the U. S. and other species for planting. physiology. and others have been raised in aquaculture settings. red fish. and a variety of other fish species.S. However.S. blue gill.S. 1973). fish and Wildlife Service began growing trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). The catfish industry started from essential ly no commercial production in 1960 to over 600 mi llion pounds of production in 2000. the trout indus try grew slowly until the late 1940s or early 1950s when it began to expand more rapidly. This was the first U.FOREWORD Aquaculture has a long history with its origins dating back to at least 475 BC in China (Milne. Although the catfish industry had its ups and downs over the years. but serious cu lt ure really became more popular only in the last 30 years. since about the 1850's. sturgeon (several species). raft and rack culture. salt water fish culture is rapidly increasing. uses leased bottom systems. and/or some floating systems using either lines or cages. However. eng ineering. lobsters. up-wellers. various species of oysters and clams. there has been experimentation and now commercial production of many other species of fish including but not limited to striped bass (Morone saxatilis). catfish (Ictalurus punctatus) industry got its start and began to grow rapidly. shellfish culture is almost exclusively done in salt or brackish water while.S. tilapia (several species). salmon (several species). small mouth bass (Micropterus dolomieu). nutrition. a wide variety of tropical fish. initiation in the 1880s the U. Tremendous progress has been made in fish culture in development of production systems. Shellfish aquaculture has been practiced in the U. Most shellfish aquaculture in the U. yellow perch (Percaflavescens). aquaculture was not of much importance until the late 1940s when it was discovered that aquaculture methods could be used to raise fish for planting in natural waters as a means to supplement natural spawning.S. except for salmon. aquaculture effort. engineering. several species of bait fish. With the rise of the trout and catfish industries in the U. Developmen t of shellfish culture is lagging behind fish culture in areas of nutrition. From its U. genetics. basic understanding of fish biology and other areas. However. genetics. koi. Trout culture started in Germany in 1741 (Leitritz and Lewis.

this text is designed primarily for recirculating systems. Thus. but the l to allow the reader to understan are presented only in sufficient detai no ts to producti�n of fish. These businesses need a reliable supply that can provide products on a regular basis year around. � � Michacl B.11 Foreword iii biology and other areas. Regulation of water supplies (both quantity and quality). waste control. the public's concerns about environmental factors ranging from pollution to concerns about the visual "pollution" of aquaculture facilities in front of vacation homes on the shore. He obtamed hts Ph. Thomas Clark Professorship ofEn Timmons was a _ a Cornell Univ�rsity where he IS st�ll Personal Enterprise (1999-2006) at _ eenn ­ r?nmental Englll � gical and Envt professor in the Department of Biolo _ put bt� hous� on th� lm�!) 1n ons has been a principal investor (he Dr. in physics from Albion Colleg � in Albio�. construction. Ebeling. Competition for coastal sites. Typically recirculating (closed) aquatic production systems have higher capital and operating costs than many of the extensive systems such as cage culture in natural waters and raceway and/or pond culture systems.S. in Agricultural Engi ersity. there also are risks. and 3) know what to look _ _ production systems. Timmons neering received his B. These and other concerns are encouraging the aquaculture industry to move from open pond and cage culture systems to the more closely controlled recirculating systems. m .S. in from the Ohio State Univ ersity Agricultural Engineering from the Univ his Ph. This rapid growth rate is driven by several factors including: 1) many fisheries have reached their sustainable yield.S. and health regulations are becoming more and more onerous and costly to the industry. The infom1ation provided in this text does. respectively. Rather the attempt to present in-depth discussion a system and mation so the reader can: 1) look at to provide sufficient infor well the systems wi l operate.D. Ebeling has a B. It provides the reader with essential information necessary to get started in aquaculture production and i t emphasizes practical information rather than in-depth theoretical discussions. Ther e Is _ relationship of each of these aspec _ object IS s of these toptcs. researcher teacher and extension spcci � d as primat?' editor on many �f the has pu lished . _ Michigan and Wastrington State Umvers1ty m Pullman. � er postt Society and has served in several offic trepreneurs up and l _ J. 2) work make a good judgment as to how an aquatic produ�tiOn system of your with a systems designer to develop ral for when shoppmg for aquacultu own. and the recreational use of waters that are also suitable for aquaculture are only a few of the clouds on the aquaculture horizon. which the authors feel will be the systems of choice for most new aquaculture ventures.S.S. Timmons. from Corn�ll of Hawaii.. and M. He was one of the foun � lons mcludmg Pres 1de t. also apply to open. and ed m University. Many of these topics arc touched on in the text. waste discharges. Washington. and 3) consumer demand for high quality. marketing. Ph. James M. Dr. construct. product availability. in agricultural engineering from Washmgton State University and has three years of fo�� � training at the University of California Davts � n � _ aquacultural engineering.D.D. something a natural fishery can rarely provide.then recirculating systems become much more attractive. however. He has a s ccond _ M. basic biology. and all of the other areas important to development of a successful aquaculture operation. The consumer trend that sees more meals eaten away from the home also contributes to aquaculture production as most seafood is eaten in restaurants and other eating places.S. safe aquatic products that arc low in fat and high in protein. product quality. Ph. Although the future of aquaculture is bright in the U. Dr.researcher and a commercial aquaculturist in addth b ? extension specialist. agriculture for more than 15 years and is projected to remain that way for the foreseeable future. Timmons has work ral engineering for 25 years a� a aquacultu ahst. and closed systems. semi­ closed. The objectives of this text are the practical application of aquacultural engineering and how to design. his M. years of expencnce m rs of this text combined have over 50 The autho aquacultural engineering. when the control provided by recirculating systems and the benefits this environmental control provides in terms of marketing. 2) food safety concerns of consumers.D. idely and has serve He ing proceedmgs and forth� sene� of Aquacultural Engineering Society meet inia Tech on Water Rcctr�ulat10n bi-annual meetings sponsored by Virg ng ders of t 1� A�uacult�ral En �meen Systems. It does not provide the reader with information on genetics. and operation _ _ s the vtcwpomt of an thus p�ovtde farm (-500 tons per year of produ�tion) _ on to hts expenence as a. Aquaculture has been the fastest growing segment ofU. and manage an aquatic production system. However. Dr.S. Dr. Timm _ of a commerctal rectrcul�tmg tilapt:l the design. and other factors are considered-.

Agriculture. College Park. as a Fulbnght Semor Spec1ahsts Candidate · · (Council for Internationa 1 · . . and in many international locations. . and NRAES-4 9 "Engineering Aspects of Intensive Aquaculture". Director and the Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute (Shepherdstown. Raul Piedrahita (Professor Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering.edu) who carefully edited the entire text. LLC. · iketon' . and made many thoughtful suggestions and corrected many mistakes we had over-looked. E-mail currently available from www. . He is currently employed as Professor and Chairman. New York. He has published widely producing over 200 articles and three books. Our thanks go to each of them: .c-a-v. University of California... CA Engineering Services. original edition (1977). He was one of the founding members of and has served as president of the Aquacultural Engineering Society. work mg m · . Thank you Raulll And. Frcd developed the first aquacultural engineering curriculum in the U. We will always be extremely grateful for all the help Fred has given us over the years and i n his assistance and support in creating this new text. Joe Hankins. NY. Fred Whcaton who has been involved in aquacultural engineering for over 38 years. · · b as1c and apphed research as well as the applic ation of mon1 onng and · ·1 . phone 504-837-5575.net).keton Research and Extension Cente r Ohio 1 ' State umvers1ty. which was offered at the University of Maryland.S. . We would also like to pmticularly thank Mr. Exchange of Scholars. Maryland. Cent er Aquaculture Extens1on Program He spent SIX years at the · . M!!rvJaod. Ebeling has been involved in aquaculture for over 25 years and h as cuItured over 20 spec1es of fish. F. phone 530-752-2780. Erik Kopachc (my recent graduate sh1dent) did a final text editing and conversion of previous files into camera ready format for the printer. the aquacu1 ture facll•t•cs and for maintaining ·· the fish as weII as . wbere h e work -J ed o n the kinetics of biofilters . He spent three · years at the M ancuIture . Also to the NRAES (Naturul Resources. We owe a deep debt of gratitude to Dr. Department ofBiological Resources Engineering. chapter by chapter (this was to be able to translate the entire text into Spanish. so we wrote the book instead). 1 · . .es11wate1 Inslltutc as an EnvJrorunental Research . University of Maryland. Graduates of this curriculum are located throughout the U. p· · . a Land Grant Outrcach program.S. New Orleans. D r. Thank you Erik! Finally. In Nove mber 2006. Engmee1.org for a complete list of available publications and resource materials) who permitte d theuseofsom c materials previously published in rhpiedrahita@ucdavis. Research and Trammg Center' University of }J · �awau as a research . Carolina State Umvers1ty D r Eb eJmg a 1 so spent fi · 1ve years as a research and extens· � 1on assoc1ate at the P. coordmator. Eb eI. we would like to express our thanks to the several reviewers of the first text that made the book as practical and complete as possible. Washington DC) Dr. and on � year as project manager for the desi and _ construction of the "F1sb Barn" at the North .jy Foreword V Biological Resources Engineering from the University 0f M ary1and. the 10r . Oh10 where he was rcspons1ble for design constructio ' n'and mamtenance of · . then Mr. Davis. 1 ers. John Wiley and Sons.S. LA..A. 95616 U.NRAES. ACKNO\VLEDGEMENTS The book authors would like to express their sincere appreciation to Dr. WV) who supported the development and writing of the earlier book "Recirculating August 1. Jarnes was se 1ecte d . The first text was financially supported in part by the Northeastern Regional Aquaculturc Ccnter and continues to distribute the book. Email:jebeling @Beadfiit . lthaca.com. mg · IS cunentiY �mpIoyed as a Research Engin eer by Aquaculture systems Technolog•es. computer control to b10log•cai and aquatic ecosystems. and authored the first aquacultural engineering textbook "Aquacultural Engineering. which instigated the writing of the first text (we got tired of printing so many handouts. 2010 Aquaculture Systems" (published in 2002) and who eo-sponsored the Cornell-Frcshwater Institute Short Course from 1999. · · · · · · . operatmg on aquacultural systems. sec www. College Park.

E-mail: dwebster@umd.org Chapter 9 Den itrification: • Dr. Groton. Ilhaca. E-mail: Vanrijn@agri. Delaware Sea Grant Marine Advisory Service. P. Director. Baton Rouge. Ontario e Ministry ofNatural Resources William Foulkrod Secondary Education Teacher. E-mail: s. b . 304870-2208 f ax. vo ice: 972-8-9489302.liltved@niva. Marine Science Educator. LA Thomas Losordo R search e Professor. PO Box 169. Worcester County Economic Development Office. WV 25443. Water Management Technologies. Sea Grant Extension Program. Shepherdstown.org or 1098 Turner Roa d. Snow Hill. NY • • to the book. Syracuse. +47 Norway. Jaap van Rijn. o Televeien 3. Wye Research & Education Center. Norwegian Institute f r Water Research.summerf elt@freshwaterinstitute . Environmental Technology. Fingerlakes Aquaculture. Don Webster.il Robert H Smith Facully of Agriculture. Head. Cornell University. Summerfelt.edu 21658. Rehovot 76100. E-mail s. E-mail: · Dr. NY Jerry Redden Industry Director.no.summerfelt @freshwaterinstitute. WV 25443. Summerf t el and Dr. Queenstown MD • Dr. Chapter 1 1 Ozonation and UV-Irradiation: • Dr Helge Liltved. Summerfelt. 304870-2208 f ax. Int ernet http://www. .summerf elt@freshwater institute .vi Acknowledgements vu We would also like to thank se veral individuals who made contributions Joh n Ewart Extension Aquaculture Extension Specialist.edu .huji. Phone: 4 10-827-5377 ext 127.O. WV 25443.no Phone: 9 1576029.org � The Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute. University of Delaware. 304-870-2208 fax. University of Maryland Coo perative Extension Michacl Ianne llo Industr y General Manager. helge. Re search Manager. Professor. Aquaculture Systems Research. Branch Office South. Department of Animal Sciences. NY 14853. Department of Food Science. N-4879 Grimstad. Fish and Wildlif Branch. . Secondary Education. Israel. Dona ld Wcbstcr Extension Marine Science Educator.org Chapter 15 System Management and Operations: • M r. Steven T. The The Hebrew University ofJerusalem. Food and Envir onment. Graduate College ofMarine Studies. 304-876-2815 ph.niva. Steven T. Box 12. MD Glenn Snapp and Terry McCarthy Industry Owners. The Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute. s. North Carolina State University Gordon Durant Government Fish Culture Coordinator-Tec hnical Development. The Conservation Funds Freshwater Institute. Fish Culture Section. E-mail: jmr9@cornell. AquaMar. Brian Vinci. E-mail Shepher dstown. Shepher dstown. Regenstein.vinci@freshwaterinstitu te. Steven T. MD 21863 E-mail: ecodevo@ezy. specifically: Chapter 4 Culture Units: • Dr. 304-876-2815 ph. 1 098 Turner Road. 1098 Chapter 5 Solids Capture: Dr.net Past Manager.ac. 304-876-2815 ph. Director. University of Maryland Cooperative Extension. Joe M. Aquaculture Systems Research Turner R ad. Pocomoke.

• Dr. Ithaca. Freshwate r Inst itute.edu Chapter 18 FishNutrition and Feeding: • of Aquatic Science. Shepherdstown. Education. USA. E-mail: gaw5@cornell.NY �f Natura i Dr. Rosa Aguirre. College of Veterinary Medicine University. Department • Dr. Department of Agricul ture. Paul R. findings. Research Technician. University of the Virgin Islands. Julie Bebak-Williams (VMD.aquavetmed. Tunison Laboratory Resource s.bebak@ars. Veterinary Medical _ OffiCer. George Ketola. Auburn . E­ mail: rosedolore s@gma il.gov The or iginal version of this publication was supported b y the Cooperative State Research. Alicia C. College of Veterinary _ _ Me d1cme . Sacramenta CA. but i s curr ently located a t the University ofMaryland College Park. Dr. AL 36832. AAHRU. Research Physiologist. Great Lakes Science Center Cortland NY and Adju nct Assistant Professor. 990 Wire Rd. Paul D. U S G S . phone 607-253Mr. Cornell University.com . E-mail: anoble@earthlink. conclusions. phone PH: 334-887-3741.edu Appendix: Software and Computing: • Ms. or the University of Maryland. • Dr . E-mail: julie. Consulting Veterinarian. Aquacul ture Consultant. Mary land. Bowser i s also one of the projec t lead rs of the Aquati c Animal Health Program a t Cornell University: http /web. and Extension Service (CSREES).Norwich C T Chapter 19 Aquaponics: • Experiment Station. St. the Northeastern Regional Aquaculture Ccntcr. E-mail: prb4@comell.edu/Publ ic/FishDi sease/ A quatic Prog/ :I AQUA VET Progra m: http://www. D.net. James Rakocy. Box 10000. Ph D). M au gle. Kingshill. M. 9738500-4641.NY 14853. and Associates. USDA ARS. Croix. U.usda.inf o/ Phone 607-253-4029.VIII LX Acknowledgements Chapter 16 Fish Health Management: • Dr. Depattment of Agr iculture. Ithaca. H. E-mail: jr akocy@uvi. awarded to the Northeastern Regional Aq uaculture Center (NRAC).NRAC was located at the University ofMassachusetts Dartmouth a t tha t time. WV. Cornell University. 4028. Fish Pathologist and Prof essor o Aquati c f Animal Med icine. Dr. or recommendation s expresse d in this publication arc those of the authors and do not necessar ily reflect the views of the U. Bowser. Any opini ons.S.S.vet. Noble.. Agricul tural RR2.cornell.cdu Aquatic Animal Health Program: � Cornell • Greg Wooster. VI 00850. P. under Agreement No.

....3 1. 1.. . .... .. . . ..... .. . .... . . .... 1........ ... ... .. ........ ..... .13 1. ...... v Introduction to Recirculating Aquaculturc Technology ..... .. ... . .42 . . .. .. ... .. .. .. ........... . ..............6 ...... ... ...... ... .. .. .... . ... .. ... ... ..... . ..47 2. 1. ....... . ... . ... ... 37 .............. ........ . ........ . . ..... .. .. . ... and Desig n ... .. .. .. .. ... 2 2 . ....... ... .. ......... . ... .. .... . .... .. ......... Market Dynamics . .. ... .. ......... ... .. . ... ....... .. . ......... ... . .. . .. .. . . ...... . . . 1. ........ . . . ..5 2..... . .. .. .. Resources.. ... .. Water Quality Parameters . ... ... . .. .. .. . . ..... . .... . ..... .. .. . ....... .. ....35 Ref crences ... .. . .... . .. .... .... .... . . . ... ... . . .... ....... ... . ... 39 Phy sical Pr o perties Water Sources . ...... .. .. .. ....... .. .... ...0 2..... ..0 1... Overview of Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS)..... ... .. . .. .... ... ..... . ..... .... ..... . ..... ... .. . ... . ... ....44 .. .. . Can RAS Compete .. ... ...... .... . . . .... .. .... .. ..... .......... .. .. . . . . .....7 Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) ... ) The Optimist ic View RAS Advantages ..... ....... ... .. . .... .. ... .. ........ . Some Quick Case Histories History Lesson on Failure s Strategy. 26 28 Websites f r Reference o ... . . .... .6 1..1 Background .2 In troduction ..... .. .... ... . .. ...... ... ... . . ........... ....... ... .. ...... .. ... 66 .... . . ...... .......9 Is Aquaculture For You . ....... . .... ........ . . .... .. .. . .......... .... . ... .. .... ..... ....8 1 . ... . ..... ......... ...... .. . . ............ .. . ... ..... ... 6 World Market Needs . . . ...14 1.. ...... ...... . .... ........... ... . .. ... ... ..11 1...... .. . .. .... .. .. .... .............. .4 2. . ......... i Ackno\vledgcmcnts Chapter 1: . ... .. . .. . ..... . . . ..... .....3 2.. .... ...2 1.. .. .. . ... .... . ... ..... . .... . ..4 1.. . .. ............... . ... ...... .. .. .....40 Water Quantity Requirements . .... ....12 1. . .. ........................ . ............. . . . . .. xi .......10 1. . ... ..... ....... ...... ...... .. .. .. .. ........ .. .. ...... .... .. ...... ... ..... . ..... . ...1 2... . . .... Chapter 2: Water Quality 2..... .. .... ....... .....X Acknowledgements TABLE OF CONTENTS Foreword .. .. ............. . 30 Summary and the Come ll Short Course .. .. . .. ...... . .. ..... ..... ........ ........ .. ....... B usi ness Tem1inology and nomcnclature ... .. .. . . . . .. Water Quality Standar ds ... .. .......... .. ... .......... ... Mca surernent s .. . ... . ...... ... .......... ... . .. ... ..... ... .. .. .. 10 11 13 15 22 23 24 Interact ions Between Objectives. . ..... ....15 . .... 50 . .. .. ......... ....5 1... ...

.... ..... . ........ lOI Waste Management Overview Utilization/Disposal ..... .. ........ 163 Stock Management Issues . . ... ............. ........ ............. ... ...... .... .......... ..... . ..... ....... .... 347 Design Example: Trickling Tower Design Example: R... ... ...... . ...... .... ........ . ... ......... ..3 6... ............. ........ . ... ........8 8....... ..... . .. . .1 6.... .. .......... ..... .. . .. . ......... ........ . . . Mechanisms To Remove Dead Fish .... .. .... ... ...... ........ ... .. And Stabilization ... . .2 5.... .. ..... ...... . . . ...... ..11 4..... . . ...... Design Example........ ..... . Thickening........ . 245 250 251 253 253 279 Production Terms ........... ...... .. . . .... . .... .... . .............. ..5 4........... ..... .... .... ..13 Culture Units . . .... 337 338 .. ... .... ......... .. . ........ . Nitrification (Autotrophic Bacteria) ............... .3 Impact of Water Quality Factors on Nitrification Biofilters .. .. . ...... .... .. Corncll Dual-Drain Design.1 8.. . .......... ... . . .. ... .... ......... .. ... ........ ... . .. .. .... .. References .... ..... .... .. .. . . .... .................. ........ Chapter 8: Biofllter Design 8........ .4 8.. .. .... . ......... .... ........ ..87 Water Quality Design Targets Fish Growth References ..... .... Design Exainples . ..... . . . TSS Physical Characteristics Removal Mechanisms ....6 6... ..2 4....... .... l20 ........ . ....1 4...... . .. .... ......4 4. . ..... .... .. .......... .... ... ... . ... . ... ..........6 4.. . . ..... ........ . ....... .. .. . Waste Characteristics ... ... ... ...... ........... ...........4 6...... ............... . .. EPA Effluent Limitation Guidelines ......................... .... .... . . .... ... ...... .. ..... .. Loading Rates and Fish Grow th 3... .. ...... . ..... 180 Design Example. ..... .. ......5 Introduction ... . ... . ...... . .. ..... .. ............ 247 Waste Management ....2004 .... .. ... Chapter 5: 5. . ..........3 8... .......... .. ... .. .. 340 Design Example: Biofiltration..... .. .. ..8 4. .... . ...... .. ... . . .................... . ....... .. .......... .. ...... ..... .. .. .... . ................ . ..... .... ... l30 .0 7. ..... .... 15l .......2 6... ..ks ....... . ..... ..... . 185 ............ ..... ... .. . .. .GeoBags ....... . ... ... ... .. .... ... ....... .. .. . . .... .. .. . .. .......5 8.... .. . . Culture Tank Engineering Tank Water Vclocitics Round Tan. .... Chapter 4: 4...... . . ..... . .. .... .... . .. . ...... . ....... .... . .. .. . .. . ....4 5... .... .. ... ..... .. ..... 166 167 170 .... . 224 234 .. ..0 4............ ....... .....5 5....... ..12 4. ........ ... ...2 3.... ....... .. . .. .. . ......... ........ ...BC . ..... .... 182 l83 Basic Design Concepts: Fluidized-Bed Sand Biofilter Design Example: Moving Bed BioReactor References .... 177 ...... . ... .. . .. . ..... . .... ...... . . .. . ........... ... ... .. . .... ....5 6.... .. . ...... .... ... .. ......... 7.10 4. .. . .... .... 283 ..... .... ....... ...... ... ..... ... ... . ...2 8......... ... . ........ ....... .. . . ....... ......... ...... ...... 378 ... ... ..... .. ..... . .... . .. ............ ...... ....... . ..9 4. 348 353 354 358 380 382 Overview . ...9 8... . .... ... .. .. ... .. .. . . ........ ...10 Introduction .... . ..... ..... ....... .. ..... .... ... . .. .. . .. .... 127 Chapter 7: Bioflltration 7... ............3 5......... . .. . ... . .... .... . ..... ........ ..........xii Table of Contents Table of Contents xiii Chapter 3: Mass Balances.. .. .. ....... .. ...... Stocking Density Design Examples ... .......... .... .. .... . . Solids Balance .. 123 ..... ... .. ... . ...... ... .. ........... . .. ... ......... ...... ............ . .... ... ...... .......... ...... . ..... . . ........ ...... .. . .. . .. .0 3.... ... .. ..0 8... . .. ..... ... .... .. .. ........... .6 5. .... . Design Parameters: Where do you start?. ...... ........8 References . .. .... ... .. .... .. References .... . .... .... 293 300 303 309 ..... ..... ... ... . .. . .. ... ... ... ..... ..... ... . . ........... .. ......... ... .. ... ... ..... ... ... Solids Generation . ........................ . .......... .... . .. ..1 3....2 7.... ........... ................. ...... .... ... ... ..... .7 4.... ....0 6. .. .Solids Capture .. ....6 8.... ..7 Solids Capture ........ .. ... ... . .. .. ... .... .. .. .... .. .... . .. l44 Raccways . .. . .. ....... ... 332 .4 7. ... .. ... 1J5 Storage.. .. .........276 Introduction Design Example. . . .. .... . .............. ......3 4........ ..... . ..... .5 Introduction .293 Nitrification (Microbial Floc) .. .. ..... . . . ...... L 7..... .... .... .... ... ......... .. ... .. CultureTanks 119 6.. ... . 183 Design Example: Microbead Biofilter.. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. . ............. .... . ...7 Introduction ........... ............ ..... ... .. . . .....3 3.... .. ........ ... .. Carrying Capacity Issues Scale Issues References .. 165 .. ............. .... Generalized Engineering Considerations ..................... . . .. ......... ..... ........ .......... . . .....4 3. .. ...... .. .... ........... ..... ......129 .............. ... ... l34 .. . . ... .... .......... .... ........ 79 88 95 Chapter 6: Waste Man agement & Disposal 6.. . .... . ... ............. .. .. . ... .. . . .... ...... . .......... ........ Basic Design Parameters for Round Tanks .. ....7 8...1 5..... .. . ....... . ... ...Floating Bead Biofilter ........ ..... ............ .0 5... ...... ...... ... .. . .

....... .. ........... ..... . .. . ..2 l0..3 15.....6 9. . .. .... . 436 ... . ...... .. .. .... . ... Chapter 14: Building Environmental Control 14..7 13.... . .. . .. Loss .. .. ................ ............ ... . .. .........Aeration/Oxygenation .. ..xiv Table of Contents Table ofContents XV Chapter 9: Denitrification 9.. .....400 ...... .2 11.. .. ........ ..... . ....... ... 4 4 1 Degassing: Carbon Dioxide (Nitrogen) References . ...... .. . ... ...8 9.. . .. .. 526 .. .. . . ....... . . 1 10.474 .. .. . . ...... ....... ........ .... . . ..... .. .. ... .... 585 Design Example.... ...... . .......... .... ....5 1 1 . ... .. Backups Systems are not an Option! ... ............. ............. ... . . . Design Example: Head Measurement ofFiow Pumps and Pumping Airlift Pumps . ... .. . .5 10... . ..... .......... .7 9..... ... . . ..... . ........ . .... .. ... ... .. ...... ... . .. ......0 Introduction .... Inactivation OfFish Pathogens ........... .. . ..... . ........ ... .... ...... . ...8 Fluid Mechanics . .... ......... .. .... ....... ... .... ... . . .... ... ....... UV Irradiation ... ... ...... . ... ..... . . . .... . .... .........402 ... . . . .......... ..407 Design ofDenitrification Reactors References ............. . Types ofReactors .404 MBBR Processes for Denitrification ... . .. .....563 Parameters to Monitor . ......... .. . . .. .2 12....... 508 References .. ... .. 604 613 ... 1 9. . 388 396 Frictional Losses....... .. ..... ... .......... . . Design Example .. ... .. ....... .........6 1 1 Conclusions ... . .... .... ..0 9........ 556 References . 456 467 System Design and Maintenance Construction Hints ... . .. ..... .............. ................ . ..... ... . Unit Processes for Denitrification ..... ...426 Gas Transfer ...5 9. .. .......0 Introduction and Site selection Backup Systems . .. .. . ... .. ... ... .. ..........3 13..9 9. LaborntoryFacilities Waste Management . .. ... ... .8 Introduction .... Building Considerations ... .. ... .. ... . .. .... .. ... .... . . ... ..... .. ... ... ....578 .. ..........11 Introduction .......... ...... ..0 11.. .......... .... . .... .... ... .. ... . .. ...... ... ....... Design Example-Monitoring .... . ... ........... ......... ...471 ...... ........ . .... 387 12.... ... 1 14. . .... . . . ......... ...... .. Chapter 13: System Monitoring and Control 13.......... ........................ ................ . .... .. . .......................... . 521 Fitting Losses ........ .... Design Example...... . ... ..... ...... ......... ... . . ..... . .... .. ... ..... . . ... .....509 Quarantine Facilities...603 .. .. ..2 13........ ... .... ... . Effluent versus On-line Treatment ......494 505 Chapter· 15: System Management and Operations 15....... ....0 13.... ...... ... ....... .. .. . ... .... . ... ........ . . .... ... ... .............4 11. . .......... ...... .. . .... .... .. .. .... . ... ....... .... ........ .... . .. Chapter 11: Ozontion and UV-Irradiation 11.3 Heat Transfer ... 5 17 Background ........... ... ..........5 13.2 14. .. . 15.... .. . ...... . .. .. ... . . .. . ... . ... ......... ........ .. . .... . ........ ..4 9..... ....... ... ...403 .... .......... .. ...... ... Other Methods of Disinfection . ...... ................ ..... . .. .... ..... .... .3 10. . . ... . .. ... . ..... ... ... . . .... .. . .. ... ........ ...........599 Factor Influencing Disinfection Effeciency .. .. . ... ..... ..... ...... ... ... ....... Automatic PhoneDialers.... . ... 589 ... ... . ... . ... ............. .... . ... . . . .... .. ...... .... .. ...2 9. ......... .......... ..... . . .. .. .. . .. ... . .. ..... . . Introduction ... ..... .......... . . 564 576 581 Monitoring Sensors and Equipment Options . . .. .......... . .. ..... . .3 9...... ... .. . . . .......... ..425 . .. . ... ..8 1 1 .......4 . ..... .... . ... ......... . ......5 12...3 11......... . .. . . ... . ......... . ... .... .. .... ... ......... ........... ... ... .. .. .... .....7 12..... ... .. ... .......... ... . .. .. .. ...............59 1 Air Quality Control .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... ... ...56 1 .. . ... ... .. ...... ............ .0 12. . .. 536 553 Effect of Denitrification on Phosphate Removal...0 10 .. .. .....1 13..... . .. ....... . ...... ..... 417 C h apter 10. 392 Factors Controlling Denitrification .. . ... ............ .. .. ............... ....... .... ... ..... .. ... . ..2 15.............. . ...... . .... . ... . .412 . .... .4 1 3 .. .. .. ..... .... ...... ..... . ... . ..... .. ......... .... ... .. ..... ... .. .... ...... 570 ...... ......7 1 1 ... ........ ...... ...........Circulation . . .... .... ..4 12...... ..... ...... .. . .. .. ...... ... .. ...... ...... .... .. . ...... ... .... . . . ...6 12.... Dissolved Gases-Fundamentals ............6 1l.. .............. ... . .... . ..9 Introduction Ozonation ... 6 1 3 . . .. ........ Gas Transfer Optious.... ....... . .......... . ...1 15... .3 12.. . .. ....... Computer Based Systems ... ...........489 Aquaculture Wastewater Characterization ... . . ............. ... .......... . .... .. ....6 1 3 ....... ..... ......... ......... .... .......... ... . .. . . . . .5 0 1 Design Example Influent Treatment ... :... .. .... ....... . 594 ... .. .... ....... . . . ... 584 586 .. ........ ... .... ... ..466 .. .. ........ ... .... ... . ....... ............ .......... .... ........ . ........ ........ ......... ........ ... . ... . .. .. . ... ........ .. .... ... ................. . .. .....1 1 1 .. ... .493 . .. ........... ... ..... ..410 . .... .................... ...... . Chapter 12: Fluid Mechanics and Pumps ..... ...... .... ... .....10 9. ..... .. ........ ......... .. ...... .1 12..4 10....... ........... ..6 10: Gas T ra nsf er .... . . .... . .... . ............ ...... 471 14 ........ .. .... . ..... ....... ....... . .......... ... 544 .... 533 Effect ofDenitrification on Alkalinity .. ..

........ . . .. . . ..... . . .... ........ ... ....... . ......709 .. ... 714 715 716 725 729 739 Transporting Live Fish Post Harvest Handling Feed Storage Labor .. .... . . .......... ... .. .. .. . . ... . . ........ ......... .... . .. . ...... ..... .... & Capitalization .... .... .... ... ... ..... . ... Record Keeping and Maintenance .... .... . .15 15... ....... .. . ... ..... .... .. .. ... . ... 692 Aquaculture Chemotherapeutics .. ...11 17.. . ... . ...... .... ....... ..... . . .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. ..... . . ...... .... . .. .. . ...... ....... . .. ... ..10 16... .. . .. ..... . 19 Storage-Feed and Chemicals ... . ... ...3 17... ....... .. . .. ............. . .... . . ... ..... . ..... . . ............. .. .... ... ......... .... .7 16. . ... . .. . ......641 643 646 647 656 661 662 . .... . . .. . 663 ............. . .... . .. .. ......... .13 18.. ...... .. .... ....... .. ...... ........1 18.. ....... .. .. ... .... .. . .8 15. ..... .. ...... 655 ... . ...12 18.. . . ... ....... ....... ..... . Growth Performance Feed Quality ..... .... ..... .. .. 791 . .... Treatment Calculations References .... ... .. ...... ...... ..... .......... .... ..... 707 Lessons Learned .. .3 16. .. .. ... .... ....... . .. Chapter 18: Fish Nutrition and Feeds 18.8 Physical Characteristics ... .. .. . .. .... Economic Comparison to Broilers and Catfish .... ... . 735 ... . ... .9 17.... . ... .. ...... .. 617 Competitiveness of RAS Infrastructure Scale Effects and Risk Labor Requirements ....... ... ........ ... .. . .. ..... ......... .... .... . .. ............ .. .... .......... . ..... . ... . . ..... ..5 18. . . .. ... . ... .... ........6 15..... . . .. ..... .. ........ . .. .. ..... ........ .5 16.... . 662 Feed Management ... . .... .... Handling Fish ..... ....... . ... .. .... .. . . . ... .... . ........ . .. Operations . .... .... ........ . ....12 Investment Choices ... ... ...........2 Introduction . .. . . .. . .. . . . . .. .. ..... ..2 16.. ....... ... .... ...... . ........ .... . . ... ......... .... . .... 8 0I .... 762 ....... ... .. ...... .... . ... 749 Practices to Reduce the Risk ofPathogen Introduction Practices to Reduce Pathogen Spread Monitoring and Surveillance . ........ . ........ ...... ..... . .. ... ...... .... . .1 16....... ...... ..... ... ....... ... . .. .. . ............ ..... .. ...... 647 ... .. .....7 15.... .. Purging and Off-Flavor .. . ..... . ...9 15... ......... .. Predicted Costs ofRAS Produced Tilapia References ... .... .. 645 . ... ... . .... . 18... ... .... .. .. . .. .. .... 799 . ... .. ... . ..0 16.... Floating Feeds Summary .4 17.. . ... ... . ... 701 . ... .. . .... .... . . .. ... . ........ .5 17.... .. . .. 615 Species Selection . .. .... ... ..... ... ... . .... 728 ............ . ... . .. . ............... .... ...........1 17...... .... .. .... ...... .. 742 . .. . ......... ... ... ection and Disease Reducing Susceptibility to Inf ...... .. ..... ....... ........ ...... . .... .... . . ....13 15... .... . ..0 18........ ............. . ... . . ............... .... ...... .. .. . . .. . ....... . ... ..14 15.. .. . .. ....... .. .... . . . . .. .. .. ..... ........... ... .14 18... ......... . 665 674 675 Practical Feed Formulation ...7 18... ... ..... ....... ..................... .. ........ ... Fish Product Handling .. . ........ . ....... ...... . .. ...... ..... .......... .. ... .. ... . . ....... .... ... .. . . ... Chapter 17: Economic Realities and Management Issues 17.. ... . ...... .. .. . .. . .... .. . .. . .......... . ....... ..... .....10 1 8..... .... ... . ...... .. . ..... .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. 1 1 18. ... ..... 683 . .. .... ..... .... . ..... ....... . .. ... . .. .... .. .. ...... ... .. ... .... .. Cha p ter 16: Fish Health Management 16... .6 16..... .......... . .... ............... ... ........ . .. . .. .. ....... ......8 17... ..... .... .12 15... ........ . ....... .......... ... ... .. . . ... . . Treatment. .. . . .. .. . . . .... .. . ....... ..... .......... . ..... ..... . . ....18 1 5 . . . . ..... ... .. . ...... . ... ... .... .... .. ........ ... ..6 17.. ..... . .. . ....... ..... ..... .. ... ..... . . .. . ..... ..XVI Table of Contents Table of Contents xvii 15. ...4 Introduction Selection .... ...... .. . Analyze References . ... . . .... ......... ... . ... .. .... .. .... .... ... ... . ........ .... ... .....15 18. ........... ... ..3 18.9 16... .0 17...... .9 18............ . Predicted Costs o f P roduction . ... ....... ...... .. .. 773 ... ........ .......... . ...... . ... ... . ..... . .... . ... . .. 696 705 Feedstuff Selection .........10 15. . ...... & Interpret Data . ...... . . .... ...... .... ... ....... Expanded and Extruded Feeds .................. ... . .. .. . ..... 706 ....... . .. . ........ .. ..... ... ... 614 17...... ... ... ........ Case History of Fingerlakes Aquaculture (FLA) LLC . . . .. ... 679 Anatomy ofDigestion ......... ·-···--·--·--· .17 18..... ...... . .. .. .. .. .. . . .... . . ... ..6 18......5 15. ........ . ..... ... . . .18 Water Chemistry And Dietary Needs Functional Minerals ........... ... ... ..... . ....4 16.. . ....16 15.. . 743 743 745 747 748 751 758 765 767 770 782 796 Care and Use of Labor atory Animals .... .... ....... . .11 15.. ... .. .. . .7 17. ....... . .. . Ref erences ... . . Fish Disease Diagnostic Services ..... Vitamins . . . . .........2 18.. ... ....17 15. ..... . .. ..... .......... . ..... . ..... ..... ....... ..... . 80 1 . .......... . ... ... .... 707 ........... ... ...... . .... ...... .. . .. ....... . ... ........... ... . ...... ...... . ... . . .. . ... .. . ...... ... .. 1 1 Biosecurity . Acccss .... 7 1 3 ......... .... .. . .. ... .. . .. .. ... . ..... . . ... . .... . ........ .... . .. . ..... . ...... . .... ......... .16 18...... ... . ..... . ......... ...... .. 640 . . .... . . ...... .. ................. .. ... Biosecurity Check Diagnosis ........... 18.. ..... . . .....8 16.... ... .. ...........10 17.... ...... .. Feedstuff Digestibility .. . ................ ..... . . . . .... Miscellaneous Operations How to Collect. ...... ... Pelleted. . .671 Important Aspects O f Aquaculture Feeds Physiological Relationships. .. . .... . .... .. .. .. .. ......... .. .. .... .... ....... ..

.. SJTO) ............ .................... Brackish Water.............. 839 Nutrient Dynamics ....................... ....... ........ . .. .................. 887 Size and Properties of PVC Pipe Schedule 40 and 80 ............. ..... 850 Pest and Disease Control ...... .. ........ ................... STO..12 19. .... 894 Current carrying capacity of hard-usage flexible cords (Type S................ . .. ........... .... ........................... .... .......... 897 Percentage Points of the Student's t-Distribution................ 826 Hydroponic Subsystems ............... 880 ........... 884 A-9 .................. ...... .............................. ... .................. 891 Temperature Equivalents Between Celsius and Fahrenheit . .... .............. 807 System Design ....... ... . . ........ ..... .... . . ..1 19.......... ST............. . ...... ............ ............ ....... ....... ... ................... ..... 874 Broad List of Conversion Factors: Inch:Pound (IP) to System International (SI) . ... ............... SJT................ . .8 19............................ Sieve Series Designation Number....... ................... ...... ...... .... A-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-24 Allowable Concentrations of Carbon Dioxide at Standard Temperature and Pressure to the Nearest 25 ppm ........ . 867 Fish Health Conversion Factors......... 835 · Component Ratios ..10 19.................. ............17 Appendix Introduction ........................... 895 A-28 A-29 A-30 Recommended pipe sizes for standard air (0.. 858 Prospects For The Future.... . ...... ........ .. . ppm) at Saturation in Freshwater.......... ....... ............ ... 895 ......... .... ....... ...5 1 9..... ........................... ........... ....... ............. ...................... .. 893 Maximum length of wire in feet for 2% maximum voltage drop..4 19... .... 895 A-27 Full load currents in amperes for three phase squirrel cage and wound rotor motors .............................. ...... ..... Appendix Directory ... .......... ........... SO. .......... ..... . ............. ........ ....... .. ........... .......... .. .......... SJO....... ......15 19....... ..846 Crop Production Systems .. ...... Atmospheric Pressure at Diff erent Altitudes ....... 896 Area Under the Normal Distribution Curve ......S...... 875 Physical Properties of Water 877 Percentage of Free Ammonia (as NI-h) in Freshwater at Varying pH and Water Temperatures ..... 879 Hardness Conversion to Other Units of Measure ..........................13 19................0 19.............. .......... .... 821 Biofiltration ......... ...... and Seawater at Different Temperatures .......... 830 Sump .075 lbs/ft3) for three pipe air velocities .. . 1 1 19....... 841 Vegetable Selection .................7 19................. . . ........ ....... ...........................xviii Table of Contents Table of Contents xix Chapter 19: Aquaponics: Integrating Fish and Plant Culture A-8 19.........850 Approaches to System Design ... .................. ........ ....... ... .... .... Ifvoltage drop is greater than 2%....... ........ 880 Alkalinity Supplement Properties . 8 1 5 Solids ..... ... ... 892 Electrical Measurements......................... ........ .... ........ ..9 19........ ........................................ ............ .... ... .. ............................................. 836 Plant Growth Requirements .. .. ..2 19... .......... ................................. ... ...... SJ....... ........ ..... ........ 882 A-13 Maximum and Minimum Monthly Average Outside Temperatures for Selected USA Locations in Degrees °F 883 A-14 Unit Area Thermal Resistance's (R-Values) ofTypical Building Construction and Insulation Materials ................... .... ........ A-25 A-26 Full load currents in amperes for single phase alternating-current n1otors ................ ................ ... ..........................................3 19. ........... ..... .16 19.............. .................... 834 Construction Materials ..................... .............................................. 852 Economics .. ..... ........... .....S...... . ..... ... .6 19. ....... ............ ................................................................. ......... ............ 860 References .. ................................ ............... 888 PVC Pipe Friction Chart for Pipe and Length Loss for Schedule 40 889 PVC Pipe Friction Chart for Pipe and Length Loss for Schedule 80 ....... ............................ 881 A-10 Opening Sizes ofU...... .. 885 Valve Basics and Selection Tips ........... ....................... .................... ....................... ..... ..... . ..................... .... .. .............................. ............ ..........14 19.......... ........... .. . ....... ..................... .. 878 Dissolved Oxygen (mg 02 per Liter........... ... 890 Tank Volumes for Various Depths and Diameters . ...................................... 861 Standard U............... . ... .................. ............................................... . 882 A-12 Solubility of Four Major Gases in Water................ ...... . . 865 Tables A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 Conversion �actors For Conunonly Used Terms in Aquaculture ..... 886 Plastic Properties for Various Types of Pipes ......... .... 899 ... .... ..... efficiency ofthe equipment in the circuit is severely decreased and the life of the equipment will be decreased ....... 882 A-ll Dry Air Components .......... ............... 8 1 0 Fish Production ...... ............ ... ............... ..................... ......

. ....... Inf ormation Resources for Aquaculture ... .... some market reafities.. However... NY has 6.... Chapter I 7 is an in depth discussion on the economics of aquaculture and some personal experiences from the authors..... .. Index ............ ..... . We believe that indoor aquaculture in particular offers an opportunity for food production in the USA. . ... I 1.. compared to 8............. ........000 daity farms in 1988... . BACKGROUND Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) have evolved over the past thirty years through research and development by university and .. ........ .... .................. . even at the hobby level............sion of the original text we wrote several years ago (Til111ons. ........ .. 925 929 935 commercial research and demonstration facilities and through continuous refinement of each subsystem process... ......XX Table of Contents Sup plemental I f n ormation Determining Statistical Significance Factors to Investigate Prior to Site Selection Calculating Volume of Round Tanks Laboratory Safety Procedures Brief Description of Software Glossary Definition ofTerms Used in Aquaculture _ Summa�y List of Symbols _ AbbreviatiOns/Units ... .... Aquaculture is stil! seen as a possible alternative agricultural enterprise in the USA. while the total number of cows being milked only decreased about 22% (from � 800.... .... ... .......... ....... .... primary authors and the The f ocus of our work has been on developing RAS that can produce food fish on an economically competitive basis..... New York had 5.... we'll review some basic background in aquaculture......... .. this book is an updated ver.......... 939 For example...7 of the total US cows)... This book can be an excellent starting point for those considering commercial aquaculture or any form of aquaculture.. .......700 dairy farms in 2001. et al........ .... The two other contributors to this text have been at the f orefront of this activity........ ..... ....... . .. .......... ... .... ...... Finally.......... . In this chapter............................ the content of this book has generally applicable to all f orms of aquaculture... . We hope you enjoy reading the rest of the book........ 900 905 ......... ...... .... ............. .. ....... ................ ..... but remains as being a significant challenge to do so irr a profitable manner... the number of farms has continued to shrink as individual fanns become larger and larger and animal productivity continues to increase.... and 13.... .. ........000 to 626.. .... ..................... .. We'll conclude with some standard definitions and websites for further information..... ....... But in addition. ... 906 908 .. .. ...0 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION TO RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE TECHNOLOGY ... ........000 cows.........620 dairy farms in 2008........... over the past several decades....... .......... and future market opportunities... but must be approached with caution and by the prospective aquacultmalist doing their "homework" first......... .. .... ... ........ ... 915 922 ... ....... The "Yellow Book" has been extensively rewritten to reflect the latest information available from ....... The US is known for being a leader in agriculture and agriculture is the leading economic business sector in the economy of several states........... .. .. 1l 2002)........

It provides a consistent and reliable source of high quality.556 3.8% increase in aquaculture production per year (Dclgado et al. semi-intensive. May 2010.9 15. a world recognized business leader and economic fo!ecaster. The production of tilapia has been exponential in the last several years to the point that the US market demand for tilapia has gone from essentially nothing to importing the equ1va!ent of 270.082 6.6 19. the number of . or intensive.8 2000 96. cAs projected by Delgado et al. Dmcker. We believe that aquaculture is the most probable and f easible solution to providing the seafood products for this ever increasing market demand and shrinking supply of product from the oceans.7 5% estimated " 129. 1 1 1 . The US catfish industry is a ready example of how f aquaculture fish markets can grow.7 2. Pond culture is extensive. Some things JUSt never change! Table 1.6 1 7. predicts that aquaculture -the f arming of nquatic organisms­ will be one of three major economic opportunities in the new millennium..0 1 2.709 4. and therefore there is always a risk of air or water-borne contaminants. aquaculturc is the f astest growing segment of agriculture.2 7. s k 5. (2002) 2002) 8 Assumes 2. Aquacul ture Total % from 0. and RAS are intensive systems. Pond and cage systems are open-air.7 16% 233. Aquaculture is an environmentally responsible alternative to fishing. safe to eat.e. for example �hapter 3 Mass Balances.3 12. depending upon the number of organisms grown per volume of water and the water source and supply. www . Some chapters remain largely the same.l c NB: Approximately 33% of the Capture Fish are converted to fish meal/oil A Assumes 1. t\vo new chapters on biofiltration and denitrification have been added and a consistent design example for an Omega Fish Commercial Production System. l ). and Fish Growth. 2002) AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS 1.9 16. aquaculture supplied seafood accounts for 45% of the total supply. i.4 154. Because water qunlity control is more difficult in pond and cage systems.7 142.000 tons (600 million lbs) in year 2005.5 1 0% 1990 85.283 6.2 Chapter I Introduction Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) 3 research universities and commercial equipment suppliers.040 3.000 ast tons (220 million lbs) in the mid 90's. Seafood is only as good as the water in which it lives. As a result. This method of bringing product to market is rapidly becoming obsolete.8 103.8 45.3 75.or fi is Li� � Million Ton 1950 19. and i s no longer able to meet cunent market needs. Aquaculturists control the quality of the water. f resh seafood that is nutritious.2 5% 1980 68. In addition. Note that when the portion of wild catch used for animal feeds is removed (33% of total).2 8.000 people.8 3% 55.5 67.453 5.7 3.2 Production 1960 1970 63.5 32% 2007 99.1 THE OPTIMISTIC VIEW Wild Catch 34.0 44% Aquacultu re World Population Per Capita (billions) 2.670 7.2 RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) Fisheries products are the last mass marketed food being supplied to consumers by "hunter-gatherers". 7 billion m 2005. fao. Aquaculture systems can be extensive.2 13 2020 Peter F.202 Food Fish y sueei .3 1. this market grew by 100. The Chilean salmon industry has �rown from $159 million industry in 1991 to exporting over $ 1 . Everyone everywhere is either eating more fish or thinking they should! Changes in dietary patterns and the f act that the US Surgeon General now recommends eating fish as a significant protein source for the diet are strong indicators that opportunities in aquaculture will continue to expand. Loading Rates. and now employs 53.0 17.0 36. Consumers have demonstrated a marked preference for cultured/farmed seafood because it i s more consistent in quality and presentation and i t tends to have a milder taste than wild seafood. and can be reasonably pr iced.1 Contributions f om Wild Catch and Aquaculture (fisheries data from r the FAO Fisheries Global lnfom1ation System site. cage culture is semi-intensive but intensive within the cage.7 36% 1 02.5% increase in capture fisheries production per year (Delgado et al. and is now supplying over half of all seafood consumed (see Table l . so the seafood they produce can be fi:ee of environmental contaminants.

e. salmon) are disadvantaged by their: • • • disadvantaged with respect to the potential for disease.g. Diseases in fish systems arc transferred by direct water contact with diseased organisms. indoor fish production using RAS is sustainable. due to significant environmental issues and their inability to guarantee the safety of their products to the consumer. predators. e.. such as outdoor pond systems and net pen systems. In his book as noted t by the title..4 Chapter 1 Introduction Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) 5 organisms that can be grown effectively is limited. we arc concentrating on recirculatiog aquaculture systems (RAS). there is minimal potential f or disease introduction. aquacultme systems (cool water. In an. Finally. the animals cannot escape such cases. Conversely. and natUTal disasters via their outdoor uncontrollable environment controlling the growing cycles. therefore. infinitely expandable. catfish) and net pen Large footprint requirements Limited appropriate natural sites Environmental issues with respect to the management of the fish excrement Geographical limitations due to the need for a perfect growing climate Vulnerability to disease. not have • any impact on the natural popuiations. • . Typical net-pen aquaculture Typical Raceway type system Outdoor pond and net pen-based systems are significantly Conventional aquaculturc methods. cnvironmentaJJy compatible. issues related to escapement are of major concern: particularly with biotechnology modified species. are not sustainable in the long term. The principles of RAS for the water environment can be employed in the open air. Indoor systems start with poable t water and unless diseased fish or fish carrying diseases are introduced into the culture system. but you lose total control of the environment. and has the ability to guarantee both the saf ety and the quality of the fish produced throughout the year.g. RAS becomes the only acceptable culture technique because indoor RAS and will. which could result in culture loss. eff ective treatment is much more manageable tban what a fish culturalist faces with traditional outdoor systems. which then creates peaks and valleys of supply available to the market. And if there is a disease event. The outdoor pond and net pen-based systems are also disadvantaged by their inability to supply a consistent product due to difficulties Outdoor pond (warm water systems.

chi environmental control was more than recovered by higher growth rates. gairdneri (Rainbow trout) raccways 150. permitting controlled product growth rates and predictable harvesting schedules. the low environmental impact of these . week in and week out. There arc no environmental limitations to the size of the intended fish farm to be built because waste streams are controllable in environmentally sustainable ways. In addition to the growth advantages afforded by RAS technology.000 kg of chicken per man-year of eff ort. improved feed conversion. Table 1.000 2 1 0.2 W ater and Land Use Per kg of Production ofAquaculture Products and a Relative Comparison to Species and System assumed to dischar e 5% of s stem volumep day) er y g an Intensive RAS Tilapia Farm (RAS required Liter/k ) ( g 50 Production Intensity Water 0.400 2 1 . niloticus 0.200.000. RAS conserve heat and water through water reuse after reconditioning by biological filtration using biofilters. The RAS assumes a tilapia culture system with a density of 100 kg/m3 . higher densities and similar feed conversions. which results in the highest production per unit area and per unit worker of any aquaculture system. This not only mitigates the risks of outdoor aquaculturc (natural disaster. pollution. RAS allow year-round production of consistent volumes of product. and provide for environmentally safe waste management treatment.0002 1 .340.000.200 Panaeid shrimp 1. RAS are environmentally sustainable. and a feed conversion of 1 to 1 and a system volume discharge rate of 5% per day.000 3. they use 90-99% less water than conventional aquaculture systems. nilolicus (k a/ ) g/h y 1.000-5. less than 1% of the land area.2 provides a comparison of water used per kg of fish produced. and more efficient use of labor.1 1 .6 Chapter I Introduction RAS Advantages 7 produce the same volume of fish every week. Ratio of System's Land or Water Use to RAS Use Water Land (Nile tilapia) roduced RASp (Nile tilapia) ponds 17. Table 1. Some current commercial RAS are using less water (2 or 3% system discharge per day and of course some use much more). punctatus (Channel catfish) ponds 3. biought indoors and the cost of industry.000 448 80 Typical pond aquaculture operation (note levees in background to separate ponds) S. Because RAS can be set up to ( aiwan) T "does not account for land used external to building space RAS designed aquaculture systems are infinitely scalable. which are seasonal and sporadic in harvest. where. they have a competitive advantage over outdoor tank and pond systems.340 177 320 Indoor RAS offers the advantage of raising fish in a controlled environment.3 RAS ADvANTAGES pond 4. A similar optimization can be observed in the domestic poultry ckens were.000 1 1 .000 9 4. and complete climate control of the environment. and disease) but also allows for optimized species growth on a year-round basis. RAS allow eff ective economies of scale.000 77 420 I. a 1% f eeding rate. RAS offer a high degree of environmental control. This is demonstrated by the fact that broiler growers produce I .

Because RAS can be set up to produce the same volume of fish every week. a well operated serial­ reuse raceway system can typically achieve overall waste capture efficiencies of only 25-50% (Mudrak. week in and week out. USE. traditional flowing water systems can produce approximately 6 kg of fish annually for eve1y 1 Lpm of water flow. More recently. 1981 ).. this topic is discussed in detail in Chapter 5 Solids Capture. partial-reuse systems can produce as much as 48 kg of fish annually for every l Lpm of make-up water flow. 1981).e. Indoor aquaculture is probably the only potential method that could be used to ensure a 100% safe source of seafood. and is the world's of flow per annum single largest producer of rainbow (6 kg/yr per Lpm) trout for human consumption (personal communication. Randy MacMillan. Therefore. Fortunately. production practices and technologies are being adopted to minimize waste production. Also.5 to 8. although over waste all capture efficicncics may only be 25-50% within ser ial-reuse systems (Mudrak. established in 1966. Clear Springs Trout Company "RULE OF TllUMB" (Buhl. Low phosphorous feeds are used to help minimize effluent phosphorus and comply with NPDES permit requirements. free from all chemicals and heavy metals. However. nutrient limits (P. conserve water. because of the large water volumes used in single-pass and serial-reuse production systems. can readily capture from 96% (Heinen et al. they produce 37 to 7 1 lb (17 to 32 kg) per gpm offlow per annum (4.8 Chapter 1 Introduction RAS Advantages 9 systems means that they can be built closer to the consumer and replicated rapidly.000 gal/min) of water flow for up to five serial-reuses through concrete raceways. serial-reuse systems may not have to actually capture large percentages of waste solids for their average discharge to meet concentration-based effluent limits on TSS (total suspended solids). and concentrate wastes into smaller flows during fish culture. K. Fully recirculating systems. the carrying capacity of a flowing water fish farm has also become limited by imposition of state or federal discharge regulations. even in Idaho where permits issued by NPDES (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System-EPA promulgated) limit fish farm effluents to monthly average suspended solids concentration of 5 mg!L (net).. As mentioned above.) are becoming a discharge issue. traditional trout culture requires relatively large volume water resources to produce fish in a single-pass tank and serial-reuse raceway system. by using "Cornell-typc" dual-drain circular culture tanks and either bead filters or microscreen filters. aquaculture producers using RAS have an unprecedented opportunity to meet the demands for safe seafood. safer. it is not realistic for f arms such as Clear Springs Trout Company to remove nutrients from their effluents (IDEQ. And of course in the extreme case where a 100% RAS is employed. To abate the environmental impact of aquaculture. The only effluent treatment is either quiescent zone settling within the raceways or sometimes full-flow settling following the raceways. some treatment (often using settling basins) is used to ensure that spikes in TSS are not discharged. because of their extremely low makeup water requirements. According to MacMillan (2006). 1996) to 100% of the waste produced. and • to carry the waste produced in the system (metabolic by-products and other materials) away so that they do not accumulate in/around the fish farm to undesirable levels. With increasing consumer concerns about food safety. produced 10 million kilograms of 50 lb production per gal/min trout in 2004.5 kg per Lpm). Clear Springs non-consumptively uses 22. recirculating systems can produce a much smaller and more concentrated waste stream. 1998). 50 lb production per year per 1 gal/min or 6 kg/yr per Lpm. etc. AND CONSERVATION Traditional intensive fish farming systems use flowing water resources for two purposes: • to transport oxygen to the fish. Idaho). thus the heightened interest in RAS.e. Similarly. and locally raised product arc clear advantages for RAS produced seafood. By reusing or recycling 80 to 90% of the water prior to discharge. Attributes of fresher. because a simple mass balance shows that only about 5 mg/L of total suspended solids concentration would be added to the flow if averaged over the entire day. the production is based upon rates of evaporation which means that several 100 fold increases in production per unit of water can be achieved compared to flow through production. these systems have a competitive marketing advantage over outdoor tank and pond systems. i. depending upon the percentage of make-up water passed through the system.6 m3/s > (360. For example. which are seasonal and subject to environmental disaster beyond the control of the operator. i. which can be treated more · . Additionally. MacMillan also said that depending on f acility design. WATER REQUIREMENTS. In comparison. Clear Springs Food Company). 400 lb of fish annually for every gallon per minute of water flow. serial-reuse systems may not have to capture large percentages of waste solids under typical fish production levels.

The leading forms of dietary protein consumed in the US in 2007 ranked as follows (all expressed on a per capita basis. In addition. 200 I). more than half of all the seafood consumed around the world was a product of aquaculture. Summcrfclt et al. We predict that 44 billion kg of this demand will be met through aquaculture. quality.9 kg) in 2000 to 16.4 WORLD MARKET NEEDS supply of wild caught traditional species. Due to the highly favorable opinion of seafood (most Americans �iew seafood as being healthy).3 lb (7. Poor management of fishery resources is at the heart of the fishery crisis. including 80-100% reduced water resource requirements (respectively) and an overall waste capture efficiency of 80-100% (respectively).2 lb (6.gov/Data/FoodConsumption/FoodAvailSpreadsheet s. In 2009. Trus is not a contest between traditional supply is needed by the year 2020 to maintain current world per capita consumption levels. which represents over 400 million lb (1 80. Even with improved management of the ocean resources. there has been a slow but steady increase from 15. and culture tank velocities (Summerfelt. IFQ. but of complimenting the ability of the oceans to supply some sustainable level of production that must be supplemented by aquaculture produced product.2 for RAS use of water and land compared to other competing forms of aquaculture). Thus.10 Chapter 1 Introduction World Market Needs 11 economically and efficiently (Timmons et al. 2000B).5 (8. 2009. it is now generally accepted as a significant source of product. An additional 77 billion kg of Inconsistent supply and subsequent higher retail costs has kept US consumption of seafood steady during the 1990's at around 14 to 1 5 pounds (7 kg) per capita.5% yearly over the next 1 5 years (Delgado et al.ers. which will not supply the needed demand. Delgado et al. 1998.8 kg) 50.6 kg) 85.AS are the key technology that will allow the world aquaculture community to supply tbe world per capita needs in seafood over the next decade and to do so in an environmentally friendly manner (see earlier Table 1. The recognized deficit in fishery supplied (wild catch) product has led to concerted efforts to better manage natural fisheries. USDA.5% in the capture fisheries and a 2. Our basic thesis is that R. 1996. it is product supply. Summerfelt et al. 1996. For the case of United States and likely appropriate to other countries.5 MARKET DYNAMICS With the fishing industry suffering from dramatic reductions in the 1. will only ameliorate the race for the 'last' fish. 2000A. the supply of aquacultured seafood products has risen to meet the demand. since 2000. Also.000 kg .0 kg) 16.4 kg) fishing methods and new technology. 2000A. 2002). see http://www.0 mg!L TSS (Summerfelt et al. The Beef Chicken Pork Turkey Seafood 65.3 lb (22. and as a result. 1999).9 kg) 17. the public is increasingly demanding production of seafood to be from sustainable methods that are eco-friendly. solids removal from dual­ drain circular tanks is so rapid and eff ective that partial-reuse and fully­ recirculating systems can treat and return water to the culture tanks with <2.000 ton) increase in by the consumers.. RAS produced supply should not be thought of as competing with the wild catch. partial-reuse and fully­ rccirculating systems offer key advantages over traditional fish culture in serial-reuse raceway systems.5 kg) in 2006. The wild catch is simply not keeping up with the demand 1 This book wi 11 use ton as I .htm#mtpcc): • • • • • Aquaculture must continue to increase its capacity as the wild catch is predicted to only marginally increase by 1. 2000B Summerfelt. alternatives to wild catches now have a competitive advantage in the marketplace. Summerfelt et al. 2002). Coldwater rccirculating technology has now advanced to the point that these systems can provide a controlled environment with optimized water temperature.1 lb (29.usda. Where aquaculture was once viewed as the wave of the future. However. 2000A. U S (or country o f interest) should manage its fisheries as it manages its other natural resources Macinko and Bromley acknowledge that managing through an individual fishing quota approach. .53 lb (7. 1.8% increase in aquaculturc.4 lb (38. Macinko and Bromlcy (2002) argue that policy makers must recognize that the American (or country of interest) public owns the nation's fisheries. to maintain similar world per capita consumption levels as in 2005 will ' require an increase in production from aquaculture of 44 million ton by the year 2020 (assumes an increase per year of 1.

haddock.28 2.59 NR 1 .15 0.61 0. but at the reduced effluent load and ability to concentrate the waste stream. 2009) 2008 Species Canned Shrimp Salmon Pollock Catfish Crabs Rank 1 lbs 4. Table 1 . halibut. boneless Clams Crabs Flounder/Sole (Flatfish) Scallo s p Catfish (price is for fillets) lb/yr 3.4 US Market for Fresh Seafood (Umer-Barry and New England Fish st Exchan e Auction. Chapter 6.15 0.64 0.50 1. net-pens. 4 provides a breakdown of current US consumer preference and wholesale pricing on fresh seafood: Table 1. Generally.12 Chapter 1 Introduction Market Dynamics 13 thou gh t that the increased supply of cost-effective aquacultured products may increase overall seafood consumption rates.29 0.47 0. and pollock.10 2.63 1.3.21 0. head off Cod.10 2.50 0.8 billion United States seafood market and have increased market share in contrast to ocean caught species such as cod. is forcing utiliza6on of other species. S/lb $6.57 0.8 million ton) per year of chicken.000 or simply no discha rge ! Even so.00 0. the subject of this book.03 0.52 $4.84 1.43 1. Atlantic 4-5 lb Cod. United States per capita consumption rates of individual seafood species is presented in Table 1.44 0.10 3.43 2005 lbs 4.40 1. RAS produced tilapia will be comparable to the US broiler industry that produces 15 billion lbs (6.92 0.98 0.37 2000 lbs 3.28 Wholesale Price. the primary constr aint to building a fish f arm or other animal production unit is finding a site that can handle the waste disposal needs.6 OVERVIEW OF RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) Fish can be stocked most intensively in RAS.50 1. since f resh sea ood o f ften commands twice the product value of f rozen seafood. the tilapia market is growing because consumers find its flavor to be delicate and its texture flaky compared to other species at a time when reduction in the supply of wild caught traditional species such as cod.86 0.58 0. Locating near the market also minimizes product-hauling costs and maximizes available shelf life.80 1 . RAS technology has a primary and exclusive advantage by minimizing the effluent waste stream by a factor of 500 to l .30 Cod Clams Flatfish * 10 Fillet b asis (yield is.47 0. in Canada recently. RAS sites still need to address the issue of waste disposal. For example.40 $3.95 $0. a net pen operation was denied their site renewal permit without explanation after 10 years of trouble free operation.30 4.12 $6.63 0. This is because RAS will continue to become more cost ef{icicnt.43 0. and RAS technology allows production to be infinitely expanded. For example. As indicated in bold typeface. There is a strong consumer preference for fresh and RAS are ideally suited to provide this product.58 1.85 1. the total environment is controlled.98 0.13 $2.20 1. there are many cost effective waste treatment options.3 CuiTent U.57 0.19 1.37 $5.20 3.29 Tilapia• 6 7 8 9 0.19 0. catfish and shellfish) are becoming a significant portion of the $8. and outdoor ponds are extremely limited and subj ect to a political process.50 3.91 0.S. Fish are raised in tanks and in the most secure environment are p laced within an enclosed building to control the aeria l . Natural environments that will support traditional 1. Au g gu 2006) p p yp Per Ca ita Consum tion b S ecies Tuna-Yellow Talc Shrimp Alaska Pollock Salmon.34 1. For reference only.47 0.50 0. Table 1.75 Tuna 2 3 4 5 (kg/yr) l. salmon. In RAS.42 1995 lbs 2. aquaculture seafood species (shrimp.30% on tilapia) The authors predict that the US tilapia industry will soon surpass the catfish industry and that eventually. Seafood Consumption Rates by Species in Pounds National Marine Fisheries Institute.52 NR (Bold signifies partial contribution from aquaculture products.38 0. Another key advantage of using RAS is that these production sites can be located near the markets for the products being produced. Fresh product becomes the immediate f ocus.09 0.44 0.75 0. Tilapia are of particular interest because they adapt readily to RAS and almost all of the US production of tilapia is from RAS.33 0. source aquaculture such as raceways.32 0.

Dr.5). alkalinity. This feature permits controlled. Designing and operating RAS requires a solid understanding of the many unit processes or operations involved: • • • • • • • • • • • 1. salinity. m the Northeast US .20 per kg (whole fish basis) and outdoor intensive production in Central America has reduced costs to the $ 1 . Mexico Table 1 . Mass balances (see Chapter 3) Culture Units (see Chapter 4) Solids Capture (see Chapter 5) Nitrification (see Chapter 7) Gas Transfer (see Chapter 1 0) Fluid mechanics (see Chapter 12) Waste management (see Chapter 6) Feeds and nutrition (see Chapter 1 8 ) Biosecurity (see Chapter 16) Systems monitoring (see Chapter 1 3 ) Building heat and moisture control (see Chapter 14) Table 1. and oxygen are all monitored and continuously controlled. incremental increases of seafood production in response to rising market demand. � $0. Re k avik.00$ 1 . Cuba Costa USA Rica. Ecuador. It also f acilitates raising capital and spreading investment risk through business arrangements such as f ranchising.00/kg $/kg Brasil..000 kg per year (feed at $0.6 where these costs are only 15% (9% m The proportional costs that make up production are summarized in . chemical composition. per kg produced) to a level that the overall production costs are competitive.55/kg.20/kg $ 1 .5 Costs ofTilapia Production in Selected Countries (2002 personal communication. e. 10% per day or less of system volume. gas heating at $0. RAS are more capital-intensive than most other types of traditional volume of rearing space for profitability. These operations will be covered in detail in later chapters of this text. Jamaica Colombia.6 for a current commercial tilapia operation $0. Note though that local utility costs or price escalations in fuels and energy can affect the competitiveness of a specific location. Sufficient production quantity must be . Water circulates throughout the system.14 Chapter 1 Introduction Can RAS Compete 15 environment as well. electnc rates are oxygen at delivered). The perception that heating and pumping costs ma e RAS­ produced fish that are excessively high in cost is false as shown 1. allowing operators to pref erence. yJ Ranns6knastofnun Fiski()na6arins. and only a small percentage of the water is discharged daily.9l $ ) . Ragnar Jo annscn. oxygen is added to maintain sufficient dissolved oxygen levels for the stocking density.03/kwh. An RAS fann will have support achieved in order that these support component costs are reduced per unit of production (e.50 $0. Temperature.55 $0. and The f ailure of any one of these operations can cause the whole system to f ail.g. pH. and production/marketing cooperatives. features such as backup generators whose cost is also part of the overall production costs for the farm. l0/kg $ 1. RAS technology is species­ adaptable. Finally.g.7 CAN RAS COMPETE RAS are now being successfully used to raise tilapia in northern US climates at costs of less than $2. f ollow market trends for seafood aquaculture systems.50/kg $2.09/k:g Table h�ating and 6% electricaVpumping) of the total direct costs of production. and effluent water is passed through a biofilter for a biological conversion of ammonia-nitrogen to nitrate-nitrogen. usually killing the fish in the process. Iceland) � COUNTRY Cost of Production $/lb $0.0085/MJ. Large production levels are achieved by replicating a successful modular unit that insulates itself from f ailure of other production modules. and must rely on economic productivity per unit producing 450. contract growing. Solid wastes are filtered and removed.68 $0. 30/k:g range (see Table 1 .

8 30.3 Shellfish 4.2 62.6 billion k� of . To be competitive with the major non-US tilapia producers.0 7.0 8. given price 2 At the time ofwri�ing.1 54.8 6.9 6.6 23. Based upon current population levels.:i 75. 2009 2 water & sewer electricity Year 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2007 * Beef Pork 26. Table 1.3 88. Growth in the early years of the industry exceeded 20% per year and has continued to the present has increased from 1 8 1 to (see Figure in The broiler industry has shown a steady increase in per capita 45 years.4 34. The market share for expensive protein. To make dramatic changes as was exerted by �he .4 34.6 2. This is a challenge and realistically only those extremely well-managed farms that 75 to 1 0 1 3 kg per capita and at the same time the US population 305 million people. product for the entire US population.8 54.8 25. the cun·ent .Fish Stock Purchases .2 88.1 101.1 kg). Conversely.9 7. locatJons that were m excess of 5 thousand ton capacity.9 3.0 26.5 3 0.4 98. 1 0/kg or less preferably. this is a loss of I 2 kg per capit� or 3.9 kg �er capita in 1976 and has dropped to the current level of 30. there were several tilapia facilities planned for the US .Feed Purchases .7 !!2: Broilers Turkc :i Poul 10.6 Representative Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) Component Costs to Produce Tilapia (water & sewer supplied by a public utility) % of Total 7% 28% 13% 29% 3% 9% 6% 5% I% lOO% Expressed as COMPETL'IG MEAT PRODUCTS Aquaculture products however they are produced and at whatever scale must ultimately compete against other choices of meat proteins.6 90.7 Per Capita US Consumption (kg) of Various Meat Products· 1960 to 2007 (Delmarva Poultry Industry.16 Chapter 1 Introduction Can RAS Compete 17 TabJc 1.5 C �rrentl y there are no commercial recirculating aquaculture . the market price of seafood must be less than competmg quality meats.8 28.9 kg per captta 2005 (an increase from 200 l from 30.9 7. operattons m the US that have sufficient scales of production or commercial fishing operations in the f ood service markets or wholesale 2 .9 66.5 54.7 15.5 35. Table 1.7 5.8 4. If seafood IS to exert a s1�l�r influence in diverting meat consumption.Oxygen Direct Labor Supplies Utilities natural gas 1960 in the US 2009). then the only way to do th1s 1s via market price.9 38. Overall meat consumption has risen $0. Cost ofGoods Sold Purchases . except "other chicken" and "turkey" which are reported by USDA on a carcass-weight basis.3 26. 4 million kg/yr (3.4 Fish & 28.7 shows the quantities of meat consumed since (USDA Economic and Research Service. poultry industry.000 consumption over the last from ton) of annual production to justifY an automated processing plant and $ 1 .3 46.0 22. competitiveness.9 Product Delivery Costs Total COGS 20. 1 ).7 1 6. beef consumption peaked at 42.2 Total Red Meat 59.7 27.7 5. a farm would need to produce a minimum of 3 to have direct production costs of have energy site processing to compete with large scale aquaculture or o1T-shore All products on a retail weight basis.04/kWh) could expect to do this.6 22. advantages (free heat and low cost electricity < day where an annual growth rate of approximately 5% is being sustained 1 .9 43.2 23.7 Total Total Red Meat & Commercial Poult !:.4 38.000 to 4. The aging populntion and the accepted health benefits of eating seafood should drive the consumption curves. 2009 & Economic Research Service/USDA.

.000 kg per person per year.31 $0. � � . 8 among: • Large-scale tilapia RAS production • Current most efficient salmon producers Broiler production reduce costs of production. Thus. Salmon farming continues to increase in scale to further is made in Table Using the Hicks and Holder numbers. "" V .8 Comparison Of Production Costs ($/Kg) for Net Most Efficient Operations).00 $0.18 Chapter I Introduction Can RAS Compete 19 condition for seafood. Using 1 5 % breast meat yield and similar other prices for packaging etc. which reduces the net productivity for a net pen operation to 152 ton per person. is essentially maximized at around 7...02 $2.000 kg/year per full-time equivalent (FTE) worker. COGS ($/kg fish produced) Health Treatments Hicks and Holder (200 I) reviewed salmon production costs for net pen operations that produce on the average 1 . Costs ofGoods Sold (COGS) Direct Labor & Benefits Feed p Tila ia $0. I . the percent breast meat from a whole chicken is only 15%. Large Scale RAS Produced Tilapia.Gro�h% \ .1 pounds Growth of US broiler production from 1930 to 2009 in millions of ready to cook (RTC) weight (left ordinate axis) and compounded growth rate for preced ing years (right ordinate axis).22 $0. c: c: 25000 \ I I I I \ I � � I "' >- � 20000 I 3. a comparison 1 ..4 kg per capita in the US.00 $0. 1 8 $0. This is why the scale i s being driven to even larger placements of smolts. The present workload per net pen f arm is about five individuals that care for a placement of 500.27 Salmon $0. almost the same number of people productivity 450.76 $0.0" 4.Lleat Utilities .O% Oxygen Other Operating Costs Utilities. This translates into 2 1 3 ton per person per year.0% \ � � 15000 10000 -lbo/yearRTC --. and 35000 ' ' 30000 .Elec tric F ingcrl ings $ 1 . 1 7 $0. so the support would be about 1-2 additional full time people.00 $0. In addition..04 $0..0% 5. .00 S l . 2002) Cost/kg arc � . .25 $1. Productivity per person for a net pen operation is 1 36..66 5000 0 �--r-�r-�--�---T---+-----r--� 1965 1970 197S 1980 1985 Year 1990 1995 2000 2005 � 2009 0.0% 7. 3 6 million kg per cycle of 18 months. Some salmon operations are basically doubling the stocking numbers per site using • Although broiler costs of production are relatively low compared to the other fish products.000 to 204.0% "' I l.00 $0.000 smell that will be reared to a market size of 4 kg with a culling and mortality down to 400. so that the labor cost per unit of meat produced is further reduced.. Table 1.46 $0.09 $0. making 40000 • ' 8..26 $0. 1 1 $0. I and Commercial Broiler Production (Ti lapia And Broiler Figures from Timmons et al.0% I ' \ Pen Salmon (Cunent Table 1. there are net changing crews and d1vers.000 animals.9 summarizes the FOB costs for the premium flesh pieces of an animal carcass.20 Efficient Salmon Broi lers 2.0% 1960 Insurance Figure 1.35 $0. it requires a maximum of 7 people.11 S0. to manage the site.0% 6..

5. Kcal/kg Fat (bulk) Corn Soy (48%) Wheat Cost $/ton Hog 16% 3.52 $5. This is a large advantage for fish production that uses a g plant based (low fish meal) diet as ultimately.20 Chapter 1 Introduction Can RAS Compete 21 Table 1.5. 1 1 shows current ingredient prices and cost per Kcal provided for ration mixes for a hogs.67 $0.39 $1.07 $0.02 Finance Capital Depreciation $0.49 gain) arc roughly 2.95 $4.55 $0. since all other cost inputs can be reduced by increasing scale and obtaining associated production efficiencies. the conversion efficiency for broilers increases about 25% or a f of 2. and 1 .07 $0.u p 50 29 18 1J 9 8 ll 15 t9 26 32 40 53 56 53 46 42 41 Further Processed 2 3 4 7 10 17 26 36 45 50 48 36% 2. poultry. It should be no unit area for indoor RAS produced fish (low-fish meal feed) should allow to command a strong long-tenn advantage in having the lowest possible production costs.07 $0. 50% Salmon and 15% Broiler Breast Meat p Cost $/kg E Tila ia Efficient FEED COST ADVANTAGE FOR AQUACULTURE Being competitive long term in the commodity meat market will depend to a large degree on the cost of feed used to grow the animals and the associated efficiency of converting feed energy into meat flesh.or fg facts/) p /ia Year Table 1.55 $2. 1 39 $ 1 1 10 Fish Meal (62% Protei ) n Fish Oil Blended Ingredient Cost S/1 000 Kca1 .07 $0.2.07 S2. 1 for hogs.9 Premium FOB Prices ($/Kg) For Fish Fillets and Broiler Breast Based Upon Costs of Goods Sold (COGS). Forster ( 1 999) points out though that COGS ($/kg fish produced) Finance Operations $1.0.800 15% 52% 20% 10% 2% $570 $148 $335 $177 $1537 $981 6% 70% 23% 20% 50% 28% .97 $3. (Source: www.66 $0.55 $1. three types of tilapia diets and a salmon diet (Timmons.465 Broiler 24% 3.044 Tilapia Salmon 55% 4.27 Salmon $2. Feed to gain ratios or f (dry weight of feed to wet weight of ammal g tilapia.4 m deep tanks will produce around 290 kg per square meter of building floor area (assuming tank space is 40% of floor coverage).58 Salmon Broilers $1. salmon and when recruitment is considered.04 $0.07 $0.10 Product Form (% basis) for Marketing Broiler Products Table 1 . Both feed price ingredients and f eed conversion efficiency will impact the ultimate competitiveness of a commodity meat.55 Cost per kg dressed weight (83% yield) Fillet cost per kg (31% tila ia & 50% salmon fillet iclds � � 2 $2.76 $0. 2. So feed conversion efficiency coupled with productivity per Harvesting/Processing/Packaging Total Cost of Production ($/kg) $0. broilers.5% . surprise to the seafood industry that marketing whole fish products has no future if the broiler industry can be used as any guide to consumer preference and as a mea ns to add value to carcass parts that are not readily marketed. Assumes Fillet Yield of 3 t% Tila ia.00 $6. 1 0). feed used for maintaining breeding stock and reproduction.04 $0. Table 1 . 2�05).98 $9.034 $215 .43 $3. Productivity for broiler chickens is around 76 kg per square meter of building space per year and indoor warm-water fish systems using 2.07 $0.04 $0. 1 1 Relative Cost ofFccd for Various Commodity Animals Component Protein ME of diet.09 $2.04 $0. 1.25 $0.25 The relatively low percentage yield for broiler breast meat has been a d istinct disadvantage for the broiler industry. respectively. the costs of f eed will dominate the cost of production. This has been addressed by steadily progressing to a f urther processed product (see Table 1 .d ichicken.300 6% 59% 30% 2.400 1962 t965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2003 2009 Whole Bird 83 78 70 61 Cut.080 $405 Blended Ingredient Cost $/ton $264 .

it is unlikely that fish farming. The cooperative members were smart. Some have resulted in failure. and successful people .12 US Br�iler Performance from 1925 to 2009 (Nat1onal Chicke11 Counctl Market Age Year Average da s y k . Even _ ore opltmJsn: can be generated if one could anticipate improvements in . Failure of the first two efforts had the following common elements: • Individuals had no previous experience with indoor fish culture • • 1.3 times the blcnd�d Brot e� d" ·1 . a processing plant. f actors of2. and a restaurant. Poor res. 1 1 is very exciting for the potential of tiiapia . On the other management skills would be successful in bly be a successful user of hand. or something more like $240/ton.$560/ton or 3 times the blended mgred" tets wtll run � 180 per ton or only about 1. This would �ut t�e cost of the feed component by over half compared to current costs m thts L�ndeveloped US industry. As an example of _ _ �hat can happ�n when umversttles and industry cooperate is the stead 1provc�ents m broiler p�rformance over the years (see Table 1 . Later in 1997.22 Chapter 1 Introduction Is Aquaculture For You 23 GENETIC IMPROVEMENTS IN AQUACULTURE om1atton m Table 1 . he started a private large tilapia farm that was still operating in 2006 and was producing over 500 tons per year of tilapia. This business had 130 employees.56 4.all with college degrees and some with advanced degrees. the US might actual! rt �ryt�g to capture s�me �f the 500.00 3.95 1 . . Current US tilapia grower diets at 36% protein _ tent cost would be eastly . fi If w� c�n be an optimistic projectionist for discussion sake the ' ral Falsehood # 1 . Failure is valuable in that it accentuates problems that must be recognized and addressed. Thus. live wei gt h Mortality Percent 1 12 85 70 63 56 53 48 46 47 1 .28 2.70 4. an extensive distr ibution network for fresh and frozen turkey products.31 1 .64 1 . The first technology transfer failure (mid 1980's) involved a very successful integrated turkey farm.8 1 Is AQUACULTURE FoR You • • There seems �o be an assumption that given alternate forms of animal . 14 1. f "General Falsehood # 1 " �� � � 0 could A currently !!!!Successful dairy or hog farmer tsh become a successful f farmer � {.98 2. Experience 1J!lary reason for failure in aquaculture ventu always the pr has almost nothing to do with flow-through raceways or outdoor ponds ectively and efficiently manage an RAS with understanding how to eff arm. 1USbandry.25 2. g 1925 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2009 h live weigt Weight Market Feed to Meat Gain kg of feed to kg of broiler. 1 2 eed conversiOn efficiency. talented. and mortality parameters have �wth tates. 10 · · . experienced. a successful dairy fanner could proba of good management to a successful RAS technology. _ production 111 the US.50 2.9 SOME QUICK CASE HISTORIES Table 1. (Chapter 1 7 provides details on this operation). 1. Imagine if such improvements could a� tmprove? by at _lea�t � _ be realized 111 the tJiapta mdushy.00 1 .000 ton (whole fish equivalcn tJiapta �arket that lS bemg supplied by non-US producers. Now. At some point. a cunently unsuccessful dairy or hog fanner could become a Technology that was labor intensive Engineering Technology was poor Sensitive species (brook and rainbow trout) Enterprise was essentially an expensive hobby venture . Let us call that Gene are generally more critically fai1lllng and RAS aquaculture in particular se activity than are other dependent upon expert management and preci a fanner with "average" forms of fam1ing. t�en one could expect similar economies o f scale on the feed costs supplted to the farm.92 18 12 10 6 5 5 5 5 4 The authors have been invol�ed in several RAS startup ventures in their public institution and private roles. The senior author led two Comell University technology transfer cfiorts that were unsuccessful.40 1.78 1.05 2. tf the US tilapia industry achieved a large scale mdustry. An industry is waiting to be born.00 2. The second failure in the early 1990's was a cooperative trout farm that consisted of seven members named the Northern Fresh Fish Cooperative (NFFC). t e gcnet1c perfonnance o� the current tilapia strains. The importance management is almost RAS farm cannot be overemphasized. �ngredtent cost.52 1 . Fish successful fish farmer.

f ractionators (Weeks et al. 5 cm. He mentioned several notable failures and their Idaho-based J. ( 1993).24 ion Chapter 1 Introduct History Lessons on Failures 25 arm and assisted them with their implementation: four 10. and Aquaculture Technologies of Louisiana (ATL) went bankrupt million leaving 2. In the 1990's. NAIAD Corp.5 million steelhead. The turkey farm trout failure and primary reason for f ailure. The efforts with the Northern Fresh Fish Cooperative including • Blue Ridge Fisheries (Martinsville. excellent layouts of their system components are described by Timmons et al. the f ollowing scenarios unfolded: • largest producer of tilapia in the US (in excess of 2. provide oxygen and C02 removal. intensive tilapia operation. Several years were spent refining the submerged rock filter designs. 1995) in the culture tank to circular motion in the culture tank to assist in solids removal. chamber to the biofiltration chamber and back to the culture tank on a remove fine solids. Simplot Co. Reason: bad water between system components. even though there was a reasonably adequate before abandoning the effort. structurally failed. largest catfish farming and processing venture in Texas filed Chapter 1 1 (August of 1 9 9 1 ) after starting processing cash flow management. its own catfish.7 lbs per gallon (84 kglm3) at farm ran their trout operation for 2 years they had no place else to go (no fish. Sunflower reopen its doors. they enterprise) when their roof caved in. Landry Parish and $9 in debts to some 300 creditors. The turkey gallon (38 m3) culture Comell designed the aquaculture system that was implemented at the solids settling chamber in the system. Reason: lack of operating cash related to poor water between system components. closed the doors on its two-year Northern Fresh Fish Cooperative (central NY). and the use of airlift pumps to move the application of rotating biological contactors (RBC's). 1992. 1991) lost its assets VA) the largest indoor feed conversions ( I to 1 ) and high fish growth rate (an inch per month. Reason: New management eliminated some of Fish & Dakota lost several hundred tons of fish and did not • 1. 1993. the process. and increase the the 24 hour coverage and a power outage and failure of the "automatic" stand-by generator killed the fish. Timmons et al. Again. c. Chen et al. 1992. Peter Rcdmayne (Editor of Seafood Leader. to bank foreclosure. • old. • would not allow two million fingerlings across the border.10 In HISTORY LESSON ON FAILURES 1992.000 turkey f harvest density. 84 kglm3). this was a military facility Aquaculrure (Kansas) lost their fish (not the January/Febru�uy issue 1992) did a story on the financial failures in the reason for demise: • aquaculture industry. The system also employed foam Chen et al. • that had been unused for many years and had clear span timber tmsses. b.000 ton). when the trusses regained some moisture.R. last member of the cooperative gave up when he lost all his trout because his dialer had not been hooked up to alert him of a lack of water (had last member went out ofbusiness when his well went dry. no cash). f acility was resurrected as a tilapia f acility and is currently the total water level differential of 1 . this particular system design had been successfully operated by Comell for three years before the technology transfer effort and had achieved high carrying capacity (0. This system was quite amazing and efficient in that the essentially under the same management structure). when their new system had finally reached design carrying .000 acres of catfish ponds in St.7 lb/gal. the 2nd to and abalone farm near Bodega Bay. Solids accumulation was probably the tanks designed for 0. coho salmon • Perch operation in Western· Pennsylvania closed their doors capacity and then the liner in their culture vessel "broke". Reason: the RAS was not cost eff ective (this catfish operation in the world (at that time. which replaced the of new biofilter designs and more energy efficient methods to move subsequent analysis led the Cornell efforts to f ocus on the development • management. 1 994 a. CA. o� during a cleaning operation). Reason: State of CA Bodega Farms shut down its $9. Reason: inadequate biofilter. losing more than $20 million in Lefl a drain. airlifl pumps moved water from the culture tank to the solids settling 25 mm/month). Chen et al.

You have to be good at it to make a profit and this generally entails several years of bands-on experience. Be careful. If you can be successful here first. we are seeing people being much more cautious about entering the aquaculture arena. Although there is interaction between all components. Being in aquaculture does not mean you have to raise the fish you sell. 1 . resources. and finally the design of a system to achieve these objectives. design is constrained by objectives. evetyone's objective is to have a profitable enterprise. there is a reason. If a particular species is retailing at high values. The economics of RAS are thoroughly reviewed in Chapter 17 and the reader is encouraged to read this chapter . And of course. But. You should review your own short term and long term ob jectives. One thing is certain: poor skills from one profession do not become great skills in aquaculture. The same resources arc given for each case and are again too broad to be of value in design but show dependency upon components. 1 3 lists some simple examples that will help to convey our thoughts behind the interactions among the resources. Objectives. The early aquaculturc ventures (1980's) were large scale. Selecting different management strategies that result in alternate designs. the management and business skills available for this enterprise (referred to as business strategy). a person need not possess water as a personal resource in order to work in the aquaculturc industry. This is further discussed in the next section. Table "Rule of Thumb" Only invest what you can afford to LOSE! The history lesson above should tell you something. the first rule i n RAS aquaculture is to never invest more than you can afford to lose. BUSINESS STRATEGY. For example. This is a total myth. You must be good and be extremely efficient at whatever species you are growing. Remember the following rule of thumb. but we can produce such­ and-such and sell them for $40/kg. If any one of these steps is ignored or components are missing or insufficient. and the resources available to pursue the objectives must be identified. then the success of the planned operation is unlikely. Read this next section carefully before deciding upon what role you want to play in the aquaculture industry. Some families have lost everything in their pursuit of something they just wanted t o do.26 • Chapter I Introduction Southern Pennsylvania perch grower finally gave up after their initial stocking of perch showed growth rates a fraction of what was anticipated. then you have a good chance of being even more successful if you raise your own product and control the supply chain over one additional step. and business strategy or the design expresses the object resulting from considering them. and strategy must be specific to affect an appropriate design. This book gives you a head start. as shown in the second and third case. the objectives must be determined first. Strategy and Design 27 before starting an aquaculture venture. There are countless ways to become involved in aquaculture and perhaps your last choice should be to actually trying to raise fish (there are lots of people who have fish they want to sell and are not willing to do the marketing and support of a customer base). The moral of the story here is that the authors know of no operation in success ul f excess o 200 ton/year that did not start out by building and f operating a much smaller scale operation.11 INTERACTIONS BETWEEN OBJECTIVES. The objectives for each case arc similar and not specific enough to define a design other than stating a possible structure. since on paper there were large profits to be made and going large scale maximized profits. may approach the identical objective. AND DESIGN from a grower who is not interested in marketing their product? These examples show that objectives. and resulting design. we know we can not compete using RAS in the major market fish species. In the 2000 era. They kept open their basil operation that was on the same property. resources. RESOURCES. Design of a physical system should be the last step in the planning process. Mid 90's saw a steady influx of individuals trying to launch aquaculture operations. as in. the natural resources available to the enterprise. The theme during this period was "high value" species. particularly for your first steps. Resources. There are many hard-luck stories for every tale of success. business strategy. Advice we often give is to buy fish from someone else and then develop a market for your product based upon service. but is no substitute for real experience. Why not consider buying fish 1. The authors frequently receive calls from individuals who desire to enter aquaculture with the callers having the inherent assumption that "aquaculture" means growing fish. Depending on the reader's own perspective.

hence the term recirculated or rccirculating aquaculture systems or RAS. pro cessing tilapia fi llets Have an annual income of $50. moving in one direction never used in tbe same tank twice (as NOT recycled). but become increasingly more like a flow through system. The f llow ing arc the definitions and terminology that will be used o . V (volume of tank) I Q(flow rate) tanks. Resources. P/C ratios of fast growing fish. Str egyand Desi p gn at throughout the chapters to come. on a daily basis Same Maintain brood stock. process.000. RAS are generally regarded as systems that discharge less than • harvest size) 20-50% of the standing water i n 1. • Objectives Resources Have an annual income of$50. & sell • Processing f cili ty a Percentage Replacement: The percentage of the total system volume replaced per day • Percentage Recycle: Th_e percentage of the total system volume that is retained. refers to the make-up water specifically. usually expressed as mass per unit volume of the culture system • Carrying Capacity: The maximum mass of aquacultured Have an annual income of$50.12 TERMINOLOGY AND NOMENCLATURE • the system volume per day.000 from selling tilapia fingerlings 1 14. transport capability Have an annual income of$50. water. Commonly used conversion f actors are provided in the Appendix.000 from Aquacu lture Same Buy and Sell Not necessary Holding • passing through a culture tank. having been derived from a report filed the European Inland Fisheries Advisory Commission in Specific Surface Area: Surface area of the media per unit volume. 3 arc typical of high density systems for • Same Maintain advanced growout system (needs more specific objectives. incubate and hatch eggs. A prima1y requirement for discussing RAS technology is a common base of terms. often referred to as serial reuse Recycle (Recirculating Aquaculturc Systems or RAS): Water flows f rom a tank (s) to a treatment process and then is returned to the tank. hold briefly & sell Mean Hydraulic Residence Time (HRT): Refers to the time required at a given rate of flow for a complete volume of water in a tank to be exchanged. knowledge Same Business Stratc Invest at a net profit of I 0% Design Not necessary product that can be maintained within a culture system. usually ref erring to · the surface area of a particular media used in Iiltration or settling components 1987. Flow Through Rate: The volume of new water per unit time Same Buy.000 f rom buying. egg incubator. and maintain hatchery Breeding tanks.28 Chapter 1 Introduction Terminology and Nomenclature 29 Table 1 .000 $500. financial institutions. 1 3 Exam le Interactions of Objectives.000 kg per year oftilapia Produce Same Buy. fingerling production RASor pond • Production to Capacity Ratio (P/C ratio): This is the ratio of system output per year to the maximum carrying capacity of the system. market. Reuse (serial reuse): Water is reused in multiple tanks. Some RAS may discharge more water. There is a fairly well accepted terminology that is now in use among the aquaculture community.

associations.or / p g g Aquaculture without Frontiers (AwF) is an independent non-profit organization that promotes and supports responsible and sustainable aquaculture and the alleviation of poverty by improving livelihoods in developing countries. and pumps • 1. industry personnel. treatment tanks. ormation on how to obtain aquaculture intemet.or p g g ormation available on the An excellent clearinghouse of aquaculture inf inf ormation that is not on tbe intemet. Alternative Farming Systems Information Center (AFSIC) htt p://www. and prospective f armers.S. Industry inf ormation includes: Salmonid Magazine. AFSIC serves as a national clearinghouse f or aquaculture inf ormation and provides materials f aqua f or am1ers. We are The reader is also ref erred to the f ollowing list of websites that contain vast amounts of inf ormation that can be useful f both the new or and experienced aquaculturalist: pleased to provide this inf nation to those already producing tilapia f on or the food industry.or / g & Purpose . .The official philosophy.aesweb. and nutritional values. which is the f astest growing aquaculture crop in the United States and around the world. prep pointers. AwF already has a database Aquatic Eco-Systems htt ://www. -line.The current AES o f f icers Aquaculture without Frontiers htt ://www.nal. AwF has been the UK and as a non specific purpose of promoting rural livelihoods in developing responsible and sustainable aquaculture to assist in poverty alleviation improving countries. On -line Application . purpose and operation & Board . students. and other internet resources. handling how -to's. reservoirs.usda.ustfa. Forme� in established for through the and board ofdirectors. pipes.a uaculturewithoutfrontiers. Of ficers Aquacultural Engineering Society h ttp ://www. Trout Farmers Association http://www. government agencies.30 Chapter I Introduction • Websites for Reference 31 Stoc kin g Density: Mass of cultured product per volume of tank (ignores the effects offish displacing part ofthe water volume) U. It also provides inf 2004.a uaticeco.13 WEBSITES FOR REFERENCE American Tilapia Association h ttp g ://a .html g Access to inf ormation about the fish. f arm -raised trout. the media. educators. libraries.com p g One ofthe world's largest aquaculture products suppliers. Inf or ormation for the consumer includes: Tips and handling. as well as a trout recipe book. In its work. Newsletter. consumers. scientists. for those interested in joining the industry and to potential customers and consumers off arm -raised tilapia. Quality Assurance. ov/afsic/ g The AFSIC is one of l 0 inf ormation centers at the National Agricultural Library.Use this electronic version ofthe member application to join AES! Aquaculture Network Information Center (AquaNIC) htt ://a uanic. AwF is registered as a charity in and and supporting transition -profit organization in the USA. membership info. Useful link f or finding equipment and prices.org/ Trout inf ormation f both the consumer and industry.arizona.The latest quarterly·newslettcr ofthe AES is now on Philosophy of AES f your ref or erence.edu/aza ua/ata. trout tips. AwF draws on the experience of respected of more than 80 volunteers. • Total Biomass: Mass ofcultured product in the culture system Total System Volume: Volume of water in the culture tank. prof essionals f rom every relevant discipline.

Natural Resources. See links on left side of page Seafood NIC htt ://seafood.ed u/ Represents: Connecticut. seafood companies and other web resources. USDA Regional Aquaculturc Centers There are four regional aquaculturc centcrs that are sponsored by the USDA. clearinghousc on aquaculture issues.orae.ucdavis. Dr. Delaware. legislative updates and more. typically in mid July.com I National Fisheries Institute htp://www. It covers both freshwater and marine.aboutseafood.32 Chapter 1 Introduction Websites for Reference 33 Aquatic Network .com/fish/index.bee. Pennsylvania. This website offers dozens of links to government statistics. Rhode Is� Vem1ont.actwin. Reginal Harrel. Massachusetts. The site also has the software and descriptions that was in earlier versions of the text. as well as training materials. ocean engineering. in 1998 SeaWeb established our an information Cayuga Aqua Ventures. is an on-line home to the HACCP Alliance.com/ t National Fisheries Institute is the largest trade association serving the US seafood industry.edu/agua p Publisher's website of this textbook. New York.edu Website: Northeastern Regional Aquaculture Center http://www.edu/ p Hosted by the Sea Grant Extension Program at UC Davis. We focus provinces of New Brunswick. Maine. educational outreach efforts on salmon farming in the states of Maine and Washington and the and British Columbia but collect and analyze information on various farmed species from around Cornell Aquaculture Resources & Short Course htt ://www. (301) 3 1 4-9412 Email: nrac@umd.or p g To address the growing issue of salmon and other finfish farming in North America. New Jersey. A members-only section adds promotional materials.bee. seminar schedules and the FDA's official fishery hazard and control guides. fisheries. and the North Central Regional Aquaculture Centcr (NCRAC) . Agricultural.or / p g Sea Web htt ://www.com/ Subject areas and seafood.cornell. Maryland.holdertimmons. or Seafood NIC.u md. It offers page after page of seafood-safety infom1ation. LLC h ttp://www.cornell. marine science and oceanography.a p guanet. conservation. Fax. New Hampshire. they are: Listed here j ust for This is the author's site for his private engineering services company.edu/outreach/ag p uaculture/short-course This is the yearly course we put on each year.nraes. Holder Timmons Engineering. HACCP information and the latest news on import alerts. Nova Scotia. the world. and Engineering Service (NRAES) htt ://www. West Virginia. tropical and temperate. District of Columbia. the Seafood Network Inf ormation Center. maritime hetitage.Information Service for the Aquatic World htt ://www. NFI has always been a clearinghouse of business­ related information. convenience to the reader. LLC htt ://www. h p pp An archive of information about aquariums. _ FINS htt ://www. MD 20742-23 1 7 Phone: (301) 405·6085. Director l University of Maryland 21 13 Animal Sciences Building College Park. It also shows the associates with the company.seaweb. The site provides generic HACCP plans for scores of seafood products and proccsses. Now provided as free-ware. covered include aquaculture.

or / g An international nonprofit society with over 4. Fax: 662-686-3320 Email: ctucker@drec. Mississippi. Comell has periodically hosted a one-week short course hundreds of prof essionals have attended. Minnesota.edu Website: ) World A uaculture Society WAS g ( http://www. Wisconsin http://www. New Mexico.EDU/AQUA The materials developed over the years for this short course are the primary materials being used in this book. Montana. Republic of Palau. Commonwealth ofthe Northern Mariana Islands. Fax: 5 1 7-353-7 1 8 1 Email: battcrs2@msu. Craig S. MS 38776 Phone: 662-686-3285.ctsa. We will hold the course in various parts of the country and around the world on an as-needed basis along with the annual summer !-week course that is held i n July.O. . Arkansas. Nebraska.14 SUMMARY AND THE CORNELL SHORT COURSE Western Regional Aquaculture Center (WRAC) Dr. Michigan. Arizona. Oklahoma. Tcd Batterson. Louisiana. MI 48824-1222 Phone: 5 1 7-353-1962. . Director School of Fisheries Box 355020 Scattle. Fax: 808-259-8395 Email: cslee@oceanicinstitute. Missouri. Tennessee. Director Michigan State University 1 3 Natural Resources Building East Lansing.edu Website: The authors have spent significant or all parts of their careers in aquaculture. Utah. Founded in 1 970. Indiana. Georgia. Ohio. Florida. Nevada.edu/wrac Represents: Alaska. Box 197 Stonevi lle. ViJ·gin Islands 1. Texas.000 members in 94 countries. Puerto Rico.msstate.edu/dcpt/srac Represents: Alabama.fish. Fax: 206-685-4674 E-mail: grahamy@u.1820 Phone: 808-259-3107.washington. The course was eo-hosted with t�at the Conservation Fund's Freshwater Institute (Shepherdstown WV) for several years.34 Chapter l Introduction Websitcs for Reference 35 Dr.org Website: www. ldaho.BEE. Executive Director The Oceanic Institute Makapuu Point 4 1 -202 Kalanianaole Highway Waimanalo. South Dakota. South Carolina.washington. North Carolina. Colorado. Federated States of Micronesia.ocrac. The course is now once again (2007 and forward) being sponsored by Cornell University. The course is also off ered in a Distance Learning fonnat (sec details for both the hands on and the distance versions at: http://www. Oregon. http://www.edu Wcbsite: Center for Tropical & Subtropical Aquacultore (CTSA) Dr. Graham Young. California. Guam. Kansas.org Represents: Illinois.org Represents: American Samoa. Virginia. WA 98195 Phone: 206-685-2479. Cheng-Sheng Lee. Republic ofthe Marshall Islands Southern Regional Aquaculture Center (SRAC) Dr. Kentucky. Director Mississippi State University 127 Experiment Station Road P. Hawaii. H1 96795.CORNELL.was. its primary focus is to improve communication and information exchange within the diverse global aquaculture community.msstate. Wyoming WWW. North Dakota. Tucker. Iowa. Washington.

S. Aquaculture 1 1 2 : 1 43-155. the computer programs are much more useful to the user · if the basic fundamentals are first understood. Aquaculture 1 1 2 : 1 43-155.. M. Delgado.W. Macinko. Chen.. Summerf elt... fish Culture Section.. J. Eng. M.1 3 8 . J. Aneshansley. 2006. NRAES-157 Publication. & Ahmed. Prog. N . S. 70.BEE. American Fisheries Society..J. 1994a. 1994c. Who owns America's Fisheries. New York.CORNELL. MD.B.J. J..A. Twin Falls.T. pp. Inc. 1988. and D. Aquaculture chickens. Walleye culture manual. Suspended solids character istics from recirculating aquacultural systems and design implications.36 Chapter I Introduction References 37 The RAS short course emphasizes practical "how to" applications and concludes with a series of spreadsheets and computer programs to make the many tedious calculations necessary to design and manage an RAS easier. Aneshansley. Bisogni. M... Georgetown. Bisogni. Comell University.)..B. Timmons.. Bromley.B. Summerf (Ed.. Proceedings of the Bio-engineering Symposium for Fish Cullure.B.. Division of Environmental Quality.J. However.. M. 1 3 : 1 0 1-120. Alien. 2002. 2001. D. Net pen farming. S. Eng. B. 1981. 1993. V . Aquacult. Ames. Timmons.). Timmons. Rosegrant. Chen. Modeling surfactant removal in foam fractionation II: Experimental investigations. D. E.J. August 1 9-23. Aquacult. World Aquaculture 30(3): 33-38. D. Wada. Protein in f oam fractionation applied to recirculating systems. NZ. Jr. Idaho Department of Health and Welfare. Fish as Food: Projections to 2020. S. Bisogni. J. Guidelines for economical commercial fish hatchety wastewater treatment systems. M. In: R. IDEQ (Idaho Division of Environmental Quality).. Aneshansley. J. Shepberdstown.C.. S.J.. Timmons.L.15 REFERENCES Chen. and Holder. Have fun s and enjoy the book... Modeling surfactant removal in f oam fractionation I: Theoretical development. Idaho Waste Management Guidelines for Aquaculture Operations.EDU/AQUA 1.J. l994b. 1996. Bisogni. 69. Aneshansley... Chen. J. IA.B. Paper presented in the IIFET 2002 The Biennial Meeting of International Institute for Fisheries Economics and Trade. ID. Wellington. 2002.. 1 1-14 November 2001.J. Meijer.. 1999. Suspended solids characteristics from recirculating aquacultural systems and design implications. S. DE 19947. Aneshansley. Report provided and sponsored by the Pew Charitable Trusts. Hicks. WV.J. M. (Eds. North elt .J. J.C. In: L.a case study. D.J. Engineering design of a water reuse system. Past students of the Short Course can be seen at: WWW. 1 3 : 1 2 1 . This book attempts to provide a solid foundation for understanding the basics and also i�cludes the computer software in the Appendix. 1992. 16686 County Seat Highway. Timmons. 40. S. Mudrak. Delmarva Poultry Industry. Kinney. Chen.J. S . Proceedings 2001 AES Issues Forum. Bethesda... Fish­ Cult. Example problems are �1ven throughout the Chapters and these example problems (with solutwns) can be used a a first try when using the soflware. Bisogni. Forster. D. C. 174-182. salmon. 55(2):76-82. lthaca. M..

Concentrations of any o�e _ parameter that would be harmless in one situation can be toxtc m another.usda. T. Wheaton (Volume Ed. but it is the aggregate and interrelationship of all the parameters that influence the health and growth rate of the fish. aggravating the stress imposed by low dissolved oxygen levels.. M.. A partial-reuse system for coldwater aquaculture.J. Timmons... Tinunons. when aeration and dcgassing problems occur. 2n Edition. Timmons. Summerfelt.T.T.. Libey and M. 26(3):225-233 Summcrf elt. The result of this particular situation is that not only is there less oxygen available to the fish. CIGR handbook of agricultural engineering: Volume II.. B. Aquaeultural Engineering 32 tanks o f angelfish swimming upside down. MA.5 and at low pH. J. In: 2002. In: G.). Timmons. Conrolled t Systems: Water Reuse and Recirculation.. C02.). States Department of Agriculture Economic and Research United to 7. One of the major advantages of mtenstve rccirculation systems is the ability to manage the aquatic environment and critical water quality parameters to optimize fish health and growth rates. 2005.M. Summerfelt. As will be discussed later. it is fortunate that only a few of these parameters play decisive roles. Cambridge.B. CABI Publishing. A Desbonnet. nitrite. Sumrnerfelt. foam fractionators used in Aquaculture 1 995. S. Hydrodynamics in the 'Cornell-type' dual-drain tanlc. M. Chen. MD. 18. pp. sometimes in complex ways. 1998. In: G. while at the same time dissolved oxygen levels become low. S. 1999. American Fisheries Society. B.B. The Northern Fresh Fish Timmons. M. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems.B. i. ammonta. Although the aquatic environment is a complex eco-system consisting of multiple water quality variables.B. Summerfelt. S. MI. 309 350. Bebak-Williams. 5 1-69. F.B. Joseph. Youngs. I[owever.5. http://www. W.. 760. Waldrop. Waste-handling systems. increasing the pH by only one unit. 2nd Ed. D. M. 1 60-166. and D. Anot�er excellent example o f the complex interaction among water qualtty parameters is the relationship between pH and the toxicity of ammoni� .). conference on recirculating aquaculture Blacksburg. B. Each individual parameter is important. Timmons. Virginia Polytechnic Polytechnic Institute and State University. Timrnons. pp. B. Review of circular tank technology and management. 2000A. Vinci.C. Ebeling. S.B. pp. base) to a system to increase its alkalipity can inadvertently increase the unionized ammonia to toxic levels. Tsukuda.) CHAPTER 2 WATER QUALITY and F.. pH and concentrations of dissolved oxygen. American Society of Agricultural Engineers.38 Chapter 1 Introduction Central Regional Aquaculture Center Publication Office.. Cayuga Aqua Ventures. 277-309.J. In: G.).e. 137-158. 20008. from 6.. For example.C. Proceedings of the third international conference on rccirculating aquaculture.. These critical parameters �re temperature.D.. Libey and M. most of the ammonia in the water i s in the non-toxic 1 67-175.0 INTRODUCTION The success of a commercial aquaculture enterprise depends on providing the optimum environment for rapid growth at the nim m � cost of resources and capital. M. N. pp. M. S...S. for one of the authors. Ithaca. Wheaton.T. pp. Baker. S. Weeks.. Davidson. Cooperative: Formation and initial results and technology description with plans. Bethesda. J. Aquacultural Engineering. N. Virginia 2. NY.. carbon dioxide levels will generally become high.. Feasibility of using foam 1 1:251-265. S.. alkalinity and suspended solids. increases Service. d Fish Hatchery Management. Competitive potential for USA urban aquaculture. Wedemeyer (Ed. was fi-actionation for the removal of dissolved and suspended solids from fish culture water.T. Iowa State University. VA. Vinci. Tsukuda. J. pp.. the fish are less able to use the oxygen that is available. Summerfelt. S. pp. ionized form.. J.gov. Chen. The result. Each water quality parameter interacts with and influences other parameters. Davidson. S. Weeks. Costa-Pierce. Cornell Agricultural Engineering Extension Bulletin Number465. Timmons (Eds. Proceedings of the third international VA.S. P. Mathematical model of Journal of World aquaculture. Edwards. the concentration of the toxic unionized anunonia concentration by a factor of ten. Ley. Blacksburg. In: CIGR (Series Ed.. S. � Institute and State University. Simply adding baking soda (or another 1992. This catastrophic 39 . The high carbon dioxide level of the water aff ects the fishes' blood capacity to transport oxygen.ers. 200 1 . the unionized fraction of the total ammoma concentration is much more toxic than the ionized form (ammonium).T. Urban Aquaculture.T...B. M.. Timmons (Eds..B. 1993. Eds. 285-395. Aquacultural Engineering St.

absolute viscosity. 1 . ice is less dense than water and floats. Another way of expressing vapor pressure is the pressure at which a liquid just begins to boil and change to a vapor (Lawson.000 g/cm for pure water.90 999. as we know it. Water viscosity is a measure of a f luid's resistance to shear.8 . to make them carefully and slowly. these rates decrease.9 33.68 1. For example.1 3 0.31 1 .4 5. Environmental temperature changes affect the fishes' rate of biochemical reactions. which has a value of 0. 1995). and to routinely monitor as many critical water quality parameters as possible and when adjustments are needed. This can occur on the suction side of pipe.1 5.72 0.73 1. Thus.3 23 . In a closed pipe. °C p Dens�k�m3 i Kinematic Viscosity 3.1 Physical Properties of Water Tem .0 centipoise. Vapor pressure of pure water is a f unction of temperature and increases with an increase in temperature.62 1.04 992. The addition of salt and other impurities also increases the density of water.21 997_05 995. would be impossible. Table 2 .97 1000. pumping costs will increase slightly as water temperature decreases because viscosity and density both increase. the density of water increases as salinity increases and/or temperature decreases.1 shows the variation of density.22 (m2/s ·E-06 � 1. fish lack the means to control their body temperature and maintain it independent of the environment. Thus. compared to air. Even low levels of stress can have adverse long­ term consequences in the form of reduced growth rates or mortality due to opportunistic organisms that take advantage of the stressed fish. lakes and oceans would freeze from the bottom up and life. Water has several very unique properties that make life on the planet possible. 1 0 998.66 6. the collapsing bubbles contain a great deal of energy and can cause 2.99 0. One of these is its density as a function of temperature.00 999.65 994. If water did not exhibit this unusual density pattern associated with temperature. The relationship between water quality parameters and their effect on fish growth rate and health is complicated. which leads to different metabolic and oxygen consumption rates. For example. If not coJTected.1 12. These increasing rates of consumption of necessaty elements and production of dettimental elements can have a direct effect on overall fish health and survival if these parameters are allowed to exceed nominal values. while simultaneously producing more carbon dioxide and other excretory products.94 999. These density differences arc the major driving force for overturn of f reshwater systems and the vertical circulation patterns in the oceans. like 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 999.8 5.2 1. Absolute viscosity is measured in centipoises. and water at value of 1 . flow very slowly when subject t o a shear stress. molasses o r motor oil. When a pump is cavitating.1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Several physical properties of water are important for the consider able damage to pump impe!Jers and pipes.79 1.1. Table 2.5 17. The addition of salt to water lowers its vapor pressure. Table 2.84 999.8 6.5 62. The absolute viscosity divided by the liquid density is the given the name kinematic viscosity.17 20°C has a centipoise.57 1. where the density drops drastically.70 999. Maximum density of pure water i s reached a t Table 2. As water temperatures increase. understanding of some of the engineering concepts that follow. and kinematic viscosity of water at a range of temperatures.6 9.80 0. A large 0 2 3 4 5 discontinuity occurs at the freezing point. This process is called cavitation. at this temperature.0 45. Thus.40 Chapter 2 Water Quality Phys ical Properties 41 result provided a lesson learned the hard way about why it is important to understand the interrelationships of these parameters. and is called absolute or dynamic viscosity. as compared to 1 . seawater at 35 ppt salt has a 3 3 density of 1 .028 g/cm . such as ammonia. the fish will become stressed to some degree.52 Vapor Pressure mm H � 4. fish become more active and consume more dissolved oxygen. At the lower ranges of the species tolerable temperature range.88 0. Viscosity increases as temperature decreases.97 999. even though the temperature remains unchanged. where vapor bubbles form in local regions of very low pressure and then collapse when they move into regions of higher pressure downstream. water may change phase from a liquid to a vapor because of a reduction in pressure. Vapor pressure is the pressure exerted by the gaseous phase of a material when in equilibrium with its solid or liquid phase.98°C. Highly viscous fluids.

production technology. and d�mestic _ reqUirements. et al. As the dissolved carbon dioxide levels decrease. 1 20083E-6·l"+6. At a minimu m. recycling of system waters results in the reduction in wastewater discharge and the corresponding costs involved in the treatment of large discharge flow streams. In this system. This may be reduced some for a warm water species.00 l l 43T2-0.7603 e0·064H Kinematic Viscosity (m2/s 1 0-6) . sufficient quantities of water are needed to routinely fill production tanks within a reasonable time (24-48 hrs). This is due to the direct effect that dissolved carbon dioxide has on pH and the relationship of pH to the toxicity of ammonia-nitrogen. and fully recirculating systems.03 mg/L. The greater the reuse rate. and for unionized ammonia-nitrogen <0. Partial-reuse systems are an alternative culture system that can sustain high production densities on less than 20% of the total flow that would be required tu grow the same quantity of fish in a serial-reuse system (Summerfelt.095290E-3·T2 + 1 .793952£-2-T -9. The amount of water needed V. a water supply is required that is able to provide 379 m3 per day or 0. The next most important factors are the amounts of unionized ammonia and dissolved carbon dioxide levels. because there are more fish in the raceway that arc subject to a catastrophic event. where the limiting water quality factor is usually the dissolved oxygen concentration between raceway sections. After all. and the degree of risk one IS willmg to accept. the additional quantity of new water rcquued for any given system is directly dependent on the degree of reuse or recycling of the "old" water that is already available in the system. and becoming increasingly important.536336E-9-T5 = = (2. which in turn increases the toxicity of the total ammonia-nitrogen in the system. until ultimately the accumulated ammonia levels become too high. This simple concept has significantly increased raceway production. the most important and first encountered limiting factor that governs the density of fish reared in a system is the concentration of dissolved oxygen. Thus for a total system volume of 379 m3 ( 1 00.3) 2.0125 to 0. The degree of water reuse affects the depletion/accumulation rate of important water quality parameters. 2000). and the pH below their respective limiting levels.-9. the more conditioning the reused water must have in order to restore the water quality to target parameters. the pH increases. provide for routine and emergency flushing of tanks filter backwashing. which arc major factors in the econ_omics of many warm-water species production systems. unionized ammonia. one is constmcting an AQUAculture facility.2) Vapor Pressure (mm Hg) 4. There are three categories of reuse systems: serial-reuse systems.7851 (2. Partial-reuse systems reuse a greater percentage of total system volume than do serial­ reuse systems. the water can be used over again in the next section of the raceway.. partial-reuse systems. _ AddJtJonally. When it �omes to the availability of water. but at a higher system cost due to the requirements for more sophisticated oxygenation systems and monitoring systems. By adding oxygen.:ill depend on several factors such as species.842594+6. These two parameters are interconnected.2 WATER QUANTITY REQUIREMENTS During the initial site selection process. Some partial-reuse systems separate the solid wastes from the main water recirculation loop by using a dual­ drain system. From . the maximum upper safe limit for chronic exposure to carbon dioxide is from <9 to 30 mg/L.000 gallons). For example. too much is definitely better than too little.26 m3/mm (70 gpm). one of the most critical fact�r� �o consi�er is the availability of an adequate water supply for both the 111Jttal f _ acli1ty and any planned (or imagined) expansion. There are numerous reasons to reuse the supply water as much as possible. if salmonids are the species being grown.42 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Q uality Requirements 43 Formulae for generating water physical properties (T is in °C): Density (kg/m3) 999. Serial-reuse systems have been used extensively in trout and salmonid raceway production systems. Economic risk is also higher. density. �an�g�ment practices. These include the reduction of water heating or cooling requirements. Beyond the _ minimum exchange volume. 2000). A good rule of thumb is to have sufficient water available to provide a 100% water exchange of total system volume per day (Timmons. Typically.05807T + 1. the circular production tank is used as a "swirl" separator to concentrate the solids into the center drain. besides the obvious decrease in water demand and reduced discharge water that must be treated. and the fully recirculating systems reuse a greater percentage of total system volume than do the pa11ial-reuse systems.1) (2.001 685E-4-T3 1 . The chosen reuse system must be able to sustain the necessary levels of dissolved oxygen while also keeping the amounts of dissolved carbon dioxide. facility wash down and clean-up.9653E-6 -r +0.

0 . and by controlling the system pH.0 estimate of the maximum alkalinity and assumed _. the well is pumped continuously.0 2.0 100.0 7.3 f acility site is a high quality water source.0 1.. a the remaining fish-excluding 80-85%.0 2. at an alkalinity of I 00 mg/L (2).e.44 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources 45 there.0 ·"I 0. Ad justing the amount of carbon dioxide stripped by the degassing system will control the system's pH.1 0. port is _. under normal aquaculture operations.5 7. Aquaculture is unlike other agriculture activities.3 WATER SOURCES One of the most important requirements for a successful aquaculture 0. the water supply must be thoroughly investigated and quantified in terms of both quality and quantity. However. 2. and an oxygenation system.. When the system is operated so that the dissolved carbon dioxide level is the limiting water quality parameter. The ammonia levels are controlled by dilution with make-up water..SI "" :2 E . the water will have a low pH. Most wells operate only periodically. <T I0 0 m g/L SO mg/L 6. typically 1 0--20% of the flow (a volume approximately equal to the solids waste discharge flow from the center drain). in that it requires a continuous supply of high quality water.. to measure the well's ability to deliver a certain quantity of water within a cettain Figure 2.025 mg/L 0 .2 0. The key operating water quality parameter in this type of system is the amount of dissolved carbon dioxide.0 mg!L). Thus setting the maximum limits on the concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide and unionized ammonia. and thus the corresponding maximum total ammonia-nitrogen level will also be well below the level at which it would become criticaL The nomograph in Fig.a. Thus.0125 mg!L on unionized ammonia nitrogen (3).0 6. Dashed lines indicate how setting a maximum limit of 20 mg/L on the concentration of dissolved carbon diO)(ide ( 1) and of 0.0 30. will set the minimum operating pH (about 7. 0 <- ·.. and unionized ammonia concentrations and total ammonia-nitrogen (bottom graph).0 I 0. 0 1 2 5 mg/L EquiL N H . 100 discharged tank approximately midway on the tank sidewalL This flow stream is located relatively free of settleable solids and can be easily treated with a high­ capacity microscreen filter. E total ammonia-nitrogen that can be allowed to accumulate in a partial­ reuse system. .� -. will set the minimum operating pH and the maximum allowable total ammonia-nitrogen.5 8. they arc removed with a relatively small discharge flow stream ( 1 5 20% of the quantity of water in the tank per day). with sufficient capacity to provide for initial needs and contemplated f uture expansions. .2 � V c 0 10 400 m t/L 300 m g/L m � 200 g/L . from Summerfelt et al.0 6. 20. The result can be that the actual productivity of the well is significantly less than indicated by the short duration test This will result in serious difficulties down the road.0 I � 7. 6. «> g E � 3.: g ... through i. The majority of the water flow from leaving the the tank.5 8.5 7 . at a given alkalinity. carbon dioxide stripping system. so a traditional well pump test is usually conducted for only a short time. when choosing an aquaculture site. depending upon the water's maximum limits on the concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide and unionized ammonia (Summerfelt et aL 2000). E 30 20 .1 provides an 0. . according to acid-base equilibrium at 15°C. Dependence of dissolved carbon dioxide concentrations on pH and alkalinity (top graph).1 pll time. 2000.06) and the maximum allowable TAN (4) (about 5.

insect larva. Both normally have the quality. groundwater is bard. The animals . In areas of granite formation. once pumped to the surface. because of the biological processes occurring in the aquif er recharge zone. or aquaculture books are an excellent source of information for water quality information and current culture protocols. they arc based on standard toxicity tests. temperature regimes. standardized toxicity testing protocols for aquatic animals have been developed. species. the species of choice is raised in a kind of chemical soup consisting of numerous physical. are the high concentrations of dissolved toxic gases such as hydrogen sulfide (H2S).b) Wickins ( 1 9 8 1 ) While these sources are very useful.0 mg/L) and fluorine are added. and production techniques makes any such list only "recommendations". Chlorine is very detrimental to fish and levels as low as stressf ul. i t i s important t o realize that in general. and wide seasonal temperature variations.. the two most often used water sources are groundwater and municipal water supplies.02 mg/L are 2006). methane (CH4). due to the higher risks of contamination by pollutants.4 WATER QUALITY STANDARDS The very nature of aquaculture makes it almost impossible to formulate a definitive "one size fits all" list of water quality standards. so the actual choice between them is based on availability and economics. tribal. groundwater often is supersaturated with nitrogen gas. the groundwatcr must be initially conditioned by some form of aeration and degassing to remove the excess gases and add oxygen. Over the years. Once aerated. Thus. these chemicals must be neutralized either chemically (sodium thiosulfate to remove chlorine and chloramines) or by filtration (activated carbon). disease microorganisms. at best. Some of the most helpful references for species commonly reared in the Americas are presented below (Colt. 0. One of the major advantages of groundwater sources is their constant temperature throughout the year. In addition. it must be kept in mind that these sources are designed and treated to safeguard the health of humans. Another potential source of water is from a municipal water supply. Current inf otmation on acceptable water quality parameters f rom large scale commercial enterprises is very difficult to find. low in dissolved minerals and inorganic carbon. chemicals such as chlorine 2. In intensive recirculation systems. Most groundwater contains little or no dissolved oxygen. ( 1993) Nickum and Stickney ( 1 993) Westers and Stickncy (1993) Costa-Pierce and Rakocy ( 1 997) Contc ( 1 988) Channel catfish Black basses Sunfishes Walleye Pikes Tilapia Sturgeon Marine fish Marine larval fishes General Poxton and Allouse ( 1 982) Brownell ( 1980a. and carbon dioxide. The chemistry of groundwater is directly dependent on the geology of the area surrounding the source. the iron precipitates out of solution as iron oxide and is often removed by some form of granular filtration or seltling basin. especially from deep wells. and reliability required. fish eggs. usually shmt time exposure to constant concentrations. The disadvantages of groundwater. However. quantity. argon. Since the whole point of a recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) is to minimize water usage. Commonly. The wide range of species. each with distinct advantages and disadvantages. Most of these toxicity studies arc conducted on juvenile animals for a relatively short time. shallow sources of groundwater approximate the mean air temperature of the area. much of information contained in these sources is based on the experiences and practices of state. ( 1 982). To be useable in RAS. Wedemcyer ( 1 996) Tomasso ( 1997) Boyd and Tucker { 1998). and f ederal hatchery programs (Colt. ( 1993) Williamson et al. As will be discussed later. and high in calcium and inorganic carbon. These reactions affect every aspect of the culture from fish survival and growth rates to biofiltcr performance and solids removal. However. fish hatchery manuals. Surface waters arc generally not used. chemical. or group Salmonids Temperate basses Reference Barton ( 1 996).e. and biological factors that are interrelated in a complex series of physico-bio­ chemical reactions.46 Chapter 2 Water Quality Chapter 2 Water Quality 47 There are several sources of water for aquaculture operations. and carbon dioxide (C02). I l igh concentrations of dissolved iron can also be a problem. emphasizing the need for early extensive water quality testing. there are advantages and disadvantages to both. Stickney { 1 993) Williamson et al. 2006): Genus. Sigma (1983). In limestone areas. A basic understanding of water chemistry is critical for the success of any intensive system. the groundwater tends to be soft. Piper et al. Species handbooks. ( 1 . i.

PCT. and chemicals leached f rom paints. Silver (Ag) Sodium (Na) Sulf ate (SO. there is a potential to build-up toxic concentrations of some heavy metals..) Aluminum (AI) Ammonia (NH3-N unionized) Ammonia (TAN) Cool-water fish Ammonia (TAN) Warm-water fish A world evaluation of ammonia toxicity might test the impact of diel varying ammonia concentration on the growth of 300-400 g tilapia under high carbon dioxide levels when DO is maintained at 70% of saturation.01 <0. and liners. Development of species or system specific water quality criteria is time consuming and expensive parameters (2006) (Colt.01 <0.002 65-8.. such as cadmium. high total ammonia. 0. Colt provides additional details.02 <110% total gas pressure <103% as nitrogen gas <I. taste and odor and finally trace contaminates in the tissue such as methymercmy. Several other water quality parameters are currently being carefully reviewed due to the uncertainty as to their impact on production. The leaching of surf ace-active compounds from uneaten f eed and fecal matter and the resulting depression of surface tension may be an impottant design consideration (Colt. 2006). 0-400 or higher <0.0125 (Sahnonids) <1. The water quality criteria for the design of culture systems depend strongly on the objectives of the project.002 <0. Alkalinity (as CaCO. 1995 w .5 0. These chemicals can exert profound and adverse effects on aquatic animals by interfering with the endocrine systems and potentially resulting in reduced f ertility (Colt.1 >5 (see Chapter 4 f r more detail) o > 90 mm Hg partial pressure <0. PVC components. These types of exposures seldom occur in real systems. Finally. use as rough guidelne) i 1 0 to 80 (species dependent) <0.003 >lOO <0.01 <0. and carbon dioxide in combination with real supersaturated dissolved oxygen) i s difficult if not impossible (Colt. e The impact of water quality on growth is probably the most important consideration. there is limited data on the impact of pheromones.003 <75 <50 <I 05% (species dependent) <I 1994).005 <0.2 of important water quality general nitrite i s presented and provides ve1y especially regarding Nitrite (N02) Nitrate (NOJ) Nickel (Ni) Oxygen Dissolved (DO) Ozone (0.0 <5 PCBs pH Phosphorous (P) Potassium (K) Salinity Selenium (Se) depends on salt or fresh species <0. Magpesium (Mg) Manganese (Mn) Mer ury (Hg) c Nitrogen (N2) A in summary Table 2.1 5 <0. endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs). The effect of high levels of fine solids and organic compounds is unknown at this time. The environmental chemistry of different EDCs is complex and the analysis is costly. concentrations. 2006) and lower growth rates. 2006). and alkalinity is low. DDT or dioxins (Colt.2a Water Quality Parameter 49 maintaining other water quality parameter$ within an acceptable range. Total (as CaCOJ) Hydrogen cyanide (HCN) Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) Iron Sensitive Species (salmonids) (Fe) Lead (Pb) texture.05 <5 4-160 <60 <20 <0.1 <0. 2006).) recommendations of water quality criteria for each parameter.) TGP (total gas pressure) Sulfur (S) Toal dissolved solids (TDS) t Toal suspended solids (TSS) t <400 (site specific and species specific.1 in soft water The extrapolation of these types of experiments to the entire production cycle and to combinations of environmental parameters (for example. are exposed to constant concentrations of toxic substances. while Criteria for Aquaculture Concentration (mg!L) 50-300 <0. 2006). 1985� Pipe. tissue quality such as Arsenic (As) Barium (Ba) Calcium (Ca) Carbon Dioxide (C02) Tolerant Species (tilapia) Chlorine (Cl) Hardness. but has been implicated i n disease outbreaks (Bullock. copper and zinc f rom the corrosion of pipes and fittings and from vitamin premix. In limited exchange systems.t et aL 19&4 La son.1 Uranium (U) Vanadium (V) Source� Meade.005 <0. The toxicity of heavy metals depends strongly on water chemistry. et al. Other impacts include fin quality and appearance which i s important for species sold in the ' l ive-market'.0 <0. species and lif stage grown.02 <15 <0.01-3.48 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources Table 2.0 <3.

583 12.198 13.662 9.998 12.682 6.825 10.252 10.376 10.730 9.594 5.210 6.835 8. but a continuum of physiological effects.723 5.648 1 1.982 7.374 6.077 8.004 12. grow fastest.802 9.013 8.531 6.335 6.112 13.1 9.457 10.820 10.842 9.434 9.4!0 9.350 6.641 10.659 5.209 1 1 .188 8.647 6. As a result.554 8.498 5.166 7.467 1 1 .984 6.131 9.642 8 300 8. ln addition.392 7. 183 10.651 9.545 7.466 6.931 7.581 7.229 7. parts per thousand 15 20 25 13. In general.611 6.677 6.831 7.194 6.224 5.470 1 1 .442 6.398 1 1 .807 5. and other environmental conditions.593 7.664 7.203 9.543 6.767 7.848 5.737 12.753 6.735 8. these effects are influenced by the exposure time.316 8.248 6.787 5.892 10.726 8.3 lists the saturation oxygen concentration in water as a function of salinity and temperature.50 Chapter 2 Water Quality l Table 2.914 6.364 9. Higher oxygen concentrations in the water do not result in any additional oxygen carried by the blood stream.276 9.364 6.471 8.7� 5 00* 10 --. Both barometric pressure and altitude also directly aff ect oxygen concentration.382 7.757 1 1 .143 8.525 9.080 7.038 6.295 8.863 6.117 6.649 7.-� � 100-.�.943 6. dissolved oxygen is the most important and most critical parameter.565 2.321 6.385 10.�.729 8.729 7. Brackish Water.183 6.981 DISSOLVED OXYGEN Of all the water quality parameters.814 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 31 30 33 27 29 32 34 36 39 38 35 37 40 9. -.694 7.--� 460 Seawatcr 81 3.277 6.891 9.029 8.552 10.498 6.373 5.561 8.549 1 1 .529 5.577 5.645 6.950 6.730 7.577 6.794 6.718 6.006 5. 1 9 8 10. which is higher at high temperatures and lower at low temperatures.3 0.306 6.499 9 099 8.816' 8.016 10.474 6. ppm) at Saturation in Freshwater.791 7.585 30 35 1 1 .142 6.828 6.003 10. It ls difficult to specify critical dissolved oxygen concentrations.011 8.042 9.937 5.602 14. and are very near or at the maximum transfer capability when the environmental dissolved oxygen concentrations are at the recommended concentrations. the solubility of oxygen decreases as salinity increase.674 10. The gills can only transfer so much oxygen to the blood.984 1 1 .868 6.896 1 1 .162 7.357 7.307 8.300 7.641 8.307 7.198 6.162 9.074 5.384 8.401 9.072 9.335 7.295 8.603 7.872 6.755 6.914 2.560 8.858 9.093 10.053 7. Nature played a cruel joke on aquaculture when she decided that the saturation concentration of dissolved oxygen would be higher at low temperature and lower at high temperatures.2b HeavyMetal Water Qualit Criteria y Freshw ater Metal Copper Zinc (pgL) � � � -.092 7. and are healthiest when dissolved oxygen concentrations are above about 5 mg/L.027 6.5 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS 12.105 7.9 1 1 10.073 1 1 .118 8.411 7.086 8.453 10.274 1 1 .049 6.573 8.356 13.997 7. and health of the fish.976 6.002 10.923 8.915 5.932 9.576 1 1.436 12.813 13.297 5.094 12.75 120 9 0.716 8.685 9.309 1 1.641 6.344 6.25 17 1.515 7.� --7.-.018 6.381 8.244 8.717 6.853 1 1 .18 0.212 9.489 7.911 10.167 7.354 10.641 5.740 10.248 7.174 8.052 5.049 2.792 6.410 6.149 7.674 1 1 .941 12.138 7.812 8. concentration of carbon dioxide.365 10.468 8.925 11.277 1 1 . 7.487 12.766 10.129 9.287 7.071 9.506 7.343 10.883 7.648 8.763 1 1 .111 10.253 12.993 6.968 7.606 6.380 40 11.569 7.136 6.849 7.768 9.960 5.514 5.1 8.742 10.091 6.832 12.233 8.831 7. though.025 6.676 5.711 9.572 6.394 6.168 7.557 1 1. Although the air we breathe contains 2 1 % oxygen.903 6.492 9.01 0 14.640 8. water temperature.747 8.935 6.222 8. 2006 *Hardness (mg/L as CaC03) 0.754 6.779 5. warm water fish feed best.265 9.908 6.462 7.065 12.707 8.456 6.436 7.555 8.671 7.381 8.293 6.400 8.232 9.060 6.610 5.833 1 1 .094 7. and Seawater at Different p Tem eratures 5 14.944 1 1 .435 6.497 1 1.185 10.80.221 6. oxygen is only slightly soluble in water.248 6.532 9.824 6.438 7.022 9.539 7.868 7.3 Temp 0 2 3 5 4 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 12 13 14 16 15 17 18 1 Water Sources 51 Table 2.099 6.163 1 1 .8 Dissolved Oxygen (mg 02 per Liter.445 13.473 9. the size.468 8.344 12.556 8.680 6.626 7.825 12.949 7.539 6 237 6.277 7.990 8.207 8.761 5.150 7.220 9.424 6.651 10 294 10.898 8.436 7.725 13.127 Salinity. 092 I 1.463 7. However.291 9. concentrations of dissolved oxygen greater than this level of saturation appear to provide no additional benefit to fish.405 6.268 Cadmium 35 Source: Colt.667 12.589 10.562 9.748 7. requiring continuous monitoring in intensive production systems.148 6.509 6.981 10.913 10.180 12.� -.4 0.678 9.450 5.937 5.476 8.118 6.808 7.788 7.321 9.903 8.182 7.752 9.742 5.311 10.265 5 983 6.638 13.072 6.214 7. because the response to low dissolved oxygen is not life-or-death.914 7.123 6.029 5.898 8.259 7.287 1 1.959 5. This condition is exactly the opposite of what fish require for basic metabolism and food conversion.328 10.113 9.612 6.036 10 1 3 . Table 1 1 . In addition.872 6.726 8.409 7.521 7.043 7.868 5. as compared to the energy that land dwelling species expend to obtain oxygen f rom the air. aquatic species must spend a great deal of energy to remove the dissolved oxygen f rom water.443 9.050 5.385 2.621 9.894 5.560 10.823 1 1 .829 6.360 .

0 mg/L dissolved oxygen (DO). et al.52 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources 53 For sahnonids. while still representing a p02 of 90 mm Hg. and past thermal history. 1982 Piper. Above the optimum temperature. efficiency of feeding and assimilation. the warmer the water the lower the effluent DO in mg/L can go. However. the rearing unit effluent should contain from 6.2 mg/L DO. growth. 1981 Aston.1 4° 14-16° Aston. while it is certainly recommended to stay much closer to 5 or 6 mg/L. Ran e g Species brown trout (Salmo truffa) rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) brook trout (Salve/inusf ontinalus) Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) Atlantic salmon (Salmo solar) sockeye sal mon (Oncorhynchus nerda) turbot (Scophthalmus maximus) sole (So!ea solea) channel catfish (lctalurus puncta/us) striped bass (M oronoe saxatilis) red drum (Sciaenops ocellatus) largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides) European eel (Anguilla anguilla) Japanese eel (A. size. and Fish have traditionally been warm-water.21 • other metabolic processes ensure that the law of diminishing returns applies. 1981 Aston. 90 mm Hg corresponds to 5. 1990 Piper.4 mg/L for culture tank oxygen levels. 1982 Piper. gill I • 17.. and warm-water species above 20°C (68°F). each species has an optimum survive. this represents a p02 of 0. system temperatures need to be maintained as close as possible to optimum value. age. The fish create and expel various nitrogenous waste products through gill diffusion. 1 9 8 1 ).) 12. et al.1 mg/L. nitrogen is required in relatively small quantities. 1982 Aston.3 mg/L. species prefer temperatures under l5°C (60°F). ad enosine phosphates. et al. Cold-water grouped into three water classifications depending on their temperature preference: cold-water. Fish are classified as poikilothermic or cold-blooded. For catfish and tilapia. 1981 Aston. and reproduction. the fish food conversion ratios are lower. such as respiration rate. This variation in what the allowable minimums are has to do with the fact that partial oxygen pressure (p02) appears to be a more valid way to determine the lower limits. which means that their body temperature is approximately the same as their surrounding environment. allowable minimum levels are much lower than for salmonids. As noticed. et al. cool-water species between l 5°-20°C (60°-68°F). 1981 Aston. These are not exact definitions and several f actors arc involved in dete1mining the tolerance of fish to different temperatures. cool-water. In this case.4 Optimum Temperature Ranges (0C) for Representative A uaculture S ecies q p Source Temp. 54)" or 155.0 to 8. 7-13° 10--14° 9-14° 15° 15° 15° 25 30° 13-24° 22-28° 25-30° 22-26° 24-28° 25-30° 28° 28-32° 19° TEMPERATURE Water temperature i s second only to dissolved oxygen in importance and impact on the economic viability of a commercial aquaculture venture. the increased energy requirements for food conversion and AMMONIA I NITRITE I NITRATE Nitrogen is an essential nuuie. et al. and is f ound in proteins. and at standard pressure of 760 mm (760-1 7 . 1981 Aston. 1981 Piper. 2 or 3 mg/L. e. growth rates increase as the water temperature increases.4. p02 corresponds to 0.2 mm Hg and Table 2. Further temperature increases beyond optimum are of no benefit.6. beyond which they Therefore.nt fOI all living organisms. In addit ion. and corresponds to a dissolved oxygen saturation of 9.54 mm Hg is the vapor pressure of water at 20°C J .9 mm Hg. Temperature directly aff ects the physiological processes. as a group.21 • (760 . Applying 90 mm p02 @ 30°C for tilapia would set a target value of 4. and physiological needs are easily satisfied.54) or 158. behavior.8 mg/L. and pigments. 1981 Tucker & Robinson. Hg at 20°C. Within the species tolerable Piper. these include species. and may in f act approach lethal levels. and removal is necessary. pyridine nucleotides. The atmosphere contains 2 1 % oxygen. 1982 corresponds to a DO saturation 12. Thus to insure maximum growth and minimize stress. 1981 Aston.g. sp. Optimum temperature range for several representative species is presented in Table 2. 1981 Aston. at higher than optimum temperatures. 90 mm Ilg corresponds to 7. Excess quantities then become nitrogenous wastes. Therefore. 1982 Piper. et al. 1981 temperature range that maximizes growth and an upper and lower limit cannot temperature range. jabonica) carp (C priums ca1 y pio) mullet (Mugil cephalus) tilapia (Sarotheorodon. until the optimum temperature is reached. 1982 Aston. A p02 of 90 mm Hg seems to be a reasonable target for salmonids (Downey and Klontz. nucleic acids. If the temperature is 5°C. 1981 Aston.

40 in fresh water at second bacterial driven stage of the nitrification process ts not workmg (mg/L). nitrite. and urine and feces excretion.6 1.F 2 0.N. Although nitrite is converted to nitrate relatively quickly by ozone or by the nitrifying bacteria in problem in properly.tculating systems because it can build a properly balanced biofilter.0 mg/L in fresh water at 20°C and a has a negligible impact on most fish.0 9. The sum of ammonia. Nttnte JS tox1c because 1t . = 5. compo�nds in terms of the nitrogen they contain.0 mg/L for long­ tem1 exposure.1 NH3) in Freshwater at Varying (86.0. and from nitrogen gas in the atmosphere.9 Nitrite is the ionized fonn of the relatively strong acid.e. w1th 96-hour LC50's varying widely by species from as low as 0.8 5. Table 2.F 0.4 3. NH3.6 15.08 mg/L NIIJ­ N for pink and pH are included in the Appendix. is Ammonia exists in two forms: unionized (ammonium).43 mg/L.1 DEFINITIONS • • • • • (! l and Water Tcm erature.5 8. In general. 3 79..0 7.2 mg/L NH3-N for common carp.7 1 1 .5 7.7 37. When nitrite enters the bloodstream.3 36.1 0. are all highly soluble in water.6 71.4 55. 4 73. The relative concentration of the two forms the tvvo NH3' and ionized Nil/ of ammonia salmon to 2.05 mg/L and TAN concentrations below 1. uric acid. nitrate. the measured pH of the solution. concentration in (mg/L).8 89. NH3-N (unionized ammonia nitrogen). it oxidizes the iron in the hemoglobin molecule Therefore.0 6.3 0. temperature.F 0.2 0.3 85. pH. It is common in chemistry to express inorganic nitrogen (NH/+ NHJ) is called total ammonia nitrogen or simply warm-water fish are more tolerant to ammonia toxicity than cold-water fish. Unionized ammonia is toxic to fish at low concentrations. and freshwater fish are more tolerant than saltwater fish. urea.0. nitrite. the acidity constant for the reaction (9. 20 °C).9 0. mtrogenous wastes accumulate from the organic debris of dead and dying organisms.1 65. the �ecot�posing these nitrogenous compounds is particularly important in RAS because of the toxicity of ammonia. The concentration of NH3-N can b e computed knowing the pH from the f ollowing equation: becau�e of its ability to move across cell membranes. N02"-N N03·-N (nitrate nitrogen).5 7. and nitrate unionized ammonia increases to 1 . F 0. mtenstve pH of 7.N = -----H �+ lO(pKa-piiJ) reci.5 10.3 in�rease in pH.� l E Lawson.5 2. NH/-N (ionized _ ammonta nttrogen). the concentration of unionized ammonia is only 0.4 3o·c 6. 3 NH3-N = unionized ammonia nitrogen (ammonia) NH4 +_N = ionized ammonia nitrogen (ammonium) TAN = NH/-N + NH3-N N02·-N = nitrite nitrogen N03·-N = nitrate nitrogen (NH3-N) is the most toxic form of ammonia 2 ( 77. primarily a function of water pH.5 8. The fraction of unionized ammonia at different temperatures . for commercial production. In addition to the a�monia.1 2 (59. computed affects the blood hemoglobin's ability to carry oxygen. However.1 0.020 mg/L.1 0. salinity.0 0.1 20. at a pH of9. and temperature.0 46. uneaten feed.8 28. it is a u� easily if he � where TAN is the measured concentration of total ammonia nitrogen pKa. given a TAN which 55 cation exchange.7 2 1 . nitrous acid and is the intermediate product in the process of nitrification of ammonia (2. and to some extent. killing most species of fish in hours. i. Ammonia. so the toxicity of TAN IS dependent on the percentage present in the unionized form.8 2.3 64.54 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources For example. TAN N J . An 44.5 Percentage of Free Ammonia (as � 5o·F) 0.2 0.1995 2 2s·c 2o·c IS"C 1o·c 2 (68.0 8.2 1. In general.6 0. it is an important water qualityya�amet�r to monit�r _ and correct if acceptable limits are exceeded. or salinity increases the proportion of the umo111zed form of ammonia nitrogen. unionized ammonia concentrations should be held below 0.0 Unionized ammonia 15. and amino acid excreted by the fish..5 summarizes the effects of temperature and pii on the percentage of free ammonia in freshwater. (nitrite nitrogen) and Table pH 2. Ammonia appears to have a direct effect on the growth �f aqua�1c animals.2 1.8 5.5 9. This allows for easier computation of total ammonia-nitrogen (TAN = NH/-N + NH3-N) and _ easy conversiOn between the various stages of nitrification.4) to nitrate.

1994) Chemica l Formu la Common Name(s) sodium hydroxide sodium carbonate soda ash sodium bicarbonate baking soda CaC03 CaO Ca(OH)2 CaMg(C03)2 MgC03 At least a 20 I : ratio of chloride to nilritc­ Equivalent Wt. denitrification has become increasingly important (see Chapter 9).0. The principle ions that contribute to alkalinity are carbonate (C03 ") and bicarbonate (Hcon. X:itro_gen (Cl: NOrN) is recommended for channel catfish in ponds. divide the tabulated value by the pure fraction ({100%-impurities %}/100 gives pure f action) to get the true r value. In recirculation systems. nitrate levels are usually controlled by dail� water exchanges.) 40 Rate of Solubility high high high solubilization rapid TI1e pH value expresses the intensity of the acidic or basic characteristic of water. which becomes sulfuric 37 46 acid. tllapta. The pH of most groundwater's and surface waters is buffered by the bicarbonate­ carbonate system and has pJI values between 5 and 9. their relative solubility. Table 2. See the appendix for hardness conversions to a variety of units. where 1 meq/L equals 50 mg/L as CaC03. Nitrate is the end-product of nitrification and is the least toxic of the nitrogen compounds.0 and 8.0 corresponding to the neutral point. alkalinity is defined as the total amount of titratable bases in water expressed as mg!L equivalent calcium carbonate (CaC03). 42 slow Exposure to extreme pH can be stressful or lethal indirect effects resulting from the interactions of pH with ther variables that �r� more imp?��t in aquaculture. Based on lOO% pure compound. PH ALKALINITY!HARDNESS In broad tcn11S. � but it is the Mg(OH)2 magnesium magnesite 29 Note: Na compounds are highly soluble in water while Mg compounds have poor solubility. pH controls a wide variety of solubthty and eqmhbna reactions. so may have application in situations requiring a long-term application.5. in that increased levels of chloride reduce the amount of nitrite absorption. Exceptions to this are groundwater with high concentrations of dissolved carbon dioxide ainage. hydroxide brucite moderate slow . Mg compounds tend to dissolve very slowly. hydrated lime dolomite magnesium carbonate moderate high high moderate moderate moderate moderate moderate slow the result of the oxidation of mineral sulfides. zinc and aluminum. Sometimes alkalinity is expressed as milliequivalentslliter. The amount of nitrite entering the blood depends on the ratio of nitrite to chloride in the water. �nd water draining from some mines (acid mine dr IS 83 50 28 AMD).6 Alkalinity Supplement Properties (Bisogni and Timmons. with a pH of7. To calculate (or impurities. and above 7. values are + basic or alkaline (the OH ion predominates). with a 96-h LC50 value usually exceeding 1000 mg NOrN IL. hence the common name "brown-blood disease".56 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources 57 from the ferrous state to the f erric state. The optimum pH for the growth and health of most freshwater aquatic animals is in the range of 6 .0 are acidic (the 1-r ion predominates). the most important of which is the relationship between the unionized and the ionized form of ammonia and nitrite. (gm/eq. Ca compounds a.re intermediate. Chloride levels can be increased by adding ordinary salt (sodium chloride) or calcium chloride. pH is the negative _ loganthm of the hydrogen ion concentration. and their equivalents basis (see also Chapter 7 for discussion of nitrification and alkalinity consumption). 5 to 9. which has a characteristic brown color. and rainbow trout. In systems with low water exchange or high hydrauhc retention times. AMD calcium carbonate cal cite slaked lime calcium hydroX-ide. In chemical terms. pH also affects the toxicity of hydrogen sulfide and metals such as copper.0. Values ofpH NaOH Na2C03 NaHC03 53 rapid rapid below 7. Table 2. alkalinity is a measw-e of the pH-buffering capacity or the acid-neutralizing capacity of water. TI1e resulting product is called methemoglobin. Seawater is buffered by the bicarbonate-borate system and has a relatively stable pH between 8. The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14. Na compounds may prove to be the most expensive. cadmium.6 provides a list of commonly used alkalinity supplements. In simplified chemical terms.

A lbs general rule of thumb is that for evety pound of feed.0 and 7. In practical terms. = are commonly defined in terms of mg/L CaC03..__. the concentrations of hardness and alkalinity can be similar if not identical.5)..54 mg/L at 20°C). Recommendations for total plain area groundwaters have high alkalinity and very low hardness = 100 mg!L 0. 6. Exposure to high carbon dioxide concentrations reduces respiration ef ficiency and decreases the tolerance to low dissolved oxygen concentrations. because of the relative low solubility of these minerals. the harder the water. low alkalinity. alkalinity. inexpensive. Other materials can be used. and manganese in terms of mg/L equivalent calcium carbonate (CaC03). High levels of carbon dioxide i n the water reduce carbon in the aquifer recharge 100 mg/L.. The total hardness of natural waters ranges f rom less than 5 to over The relationship between pH. This relationship requires careful monitoring and adjustment of both alkalinity and carbon dioxide levels to maintain optimum pH for both the aquatic species being grown and the biofilters. Aquif ers in regions of basalt and granite often have waters of low total hardness and. alkalinity.I 0. Conversely.0 70.000 mg/L CaC03.0 50.. The 0. photosynthesis. decrease the toxicity of dissolved metals. hardness is measured by chemical titration. and is determined by the geology of the aquifer or watershed. Hardness is the term used to describe the ability of water to concentrations are directly linked to system pH and carbon dioxide concentrations. "\ � '.0 1 5 mg/L and pH between 7. Maintaining carbon dioxide concentrations at less than less than 70 (high pH condition) to shown i n Fig. In chemical terms. depending o n the biological z n _ o e The concentration of dissolved 23 to 45 kg (50 to 100 lb) bags.00 7. It has very high . hard (1 50-300 mg/L). common baking soda.4 requires an alkalinity concentration 190 mg/L CaC03 (low pH condition).0 . precipitate soap. 100. if the alkalinity of the water originates from limestone.2 6. many coastal­ concentrations.0 � � Figure 2. approximately 500 mg/L. �� � \ -.0 40.. and easy to apply. alkalinity is measured by titration with sulfuric or Water Sources 59 hydrochloric acid to the methyl orange endpoint (pH of 4. Alkalinity is easily adjusted through the addition of sodium bicarbonate (NaHC03). but concentrations i n pure water are low (0.58 Chapter 2 Water Quality In practical terms.. hardness is defined as the total concentration of primarily calcium (Ca2+) and magnesium (Mg2+). Most of the carbon dioxide in an aquaculture water column is produced by animal respiration and the decomposition of organic matter. due to its low concentration in the In recent years. Carbon 120 mg/L CaC03.' ' . The relationship between pH. iron.00 when alkalinity is 25._.25 ( 1 1 3 g) of sodium bicarbonate should be added to the water. Alkalinity rom less than 5 mg/L in soft water to over of freshwater ranges f alkalinity of seawater is about water solubility and rapidly dissolves in water at ambient temperature.0 80.035% by volume).2.0 \ \ \ 1\ \ \ \. as aquaculture system stocking density and hydraulic retention time has increased. 50.. If this low hardness and low alkalinity water i s used for aquaculture. The concentration of carbon dioxide i n groundwater can range from 0 to activity carbon dioxide in surface waters depends on the rate of respiration. or very hard (> 300 mg/L).) 10.50 1\\ \\ --alk --alk --alk = 25 mg/L 50 mg/L Waters have traditionally been classified as soft (0-75 mg/L). and C02 concentrations CARBON DIOXIDE AND THE CARBONATE CYCLE Carbon dioxide is highly soluble in water. but sodium bicarbonate is commercially available in atmosphere (about 0. 2. E N 0 (. and gas exchange with the atmosphere. the water must be "hardened" by adding dissolved calcium to support newly fertilized freshwater fish eggs and for calcification of larval skeletal structures. and C02 concentrations i s 90. the greater the amount of soap that must be added to a given volume of water to get the same cleaning action. Required alkalinity dioxide concentrations are routinely controlled through degasification systems.0 30. moderately 1 0. In f act. Calcium and magnesium also hardness range-from 20 to 300 mg/L.0 20.0 60. 11f.--- hard Hardness is often confused with alkalinity.. safe. probability because both (75-150 mg/L)... & 100 mg/L at zero salinity and 20 °C (Note C02 concentration is proportional to alkalinity). the relationship between pH and alkalinity has become a significant issue._.00 pH 7. such as counter-flow gas stripping towers.50 � 8.

RAS's with medium or higher fish densities considered non-volatile due to: • • • is allowed to exchange and equilibrate with atmospheric carbon dioxide. eff ect. Gas­ liquid equilibrium influences the transfer of carbon dioxide between air and water and the acid-base reactions determine the chemical f orm in which dissolved inorganic carbon is present in water.3 and 2. There has also been work to use high levels of carbon dioxide to f orce fish to swim through connecting pipes from one tank to another (The Freshwater Institute. i. high production rate of C02 relatively low degassing r ate of C02 across the water surface in a DEFINITIONS • • • • In a fully volatile system. Dissolved carbon dioxide concentration is therefore a function of pH and the total = 0. recommendation is poorly supported by research. causes the C02 concentration in the fish blood to increase. These relationships are summarized in Figs.60 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources 61 in fact what is referred dioxide excretion at fish gills.00044 g L · 1000 mg g = 0.4 (from Bisogni and Timmons. An upper limit of 15-20 mg/L carbon dioxide is recommended as 2.2). This is referred to steady state maximum for finfish (see Table as This composite carbonic acid concentration is to as dissolved carbon dioxide. the Bohr-Root although this 2. 1981).4 can be calculated as = Carbon dioxide dif fers from oxygen.0: C02 H2C03 HC03.44 mg L (CtC03) present in water.5) . 1994. which creates a condition called respiratory acidosis. in turn.5 mg/L (example given below). personal communication). This. bicarbonate ions (HC03"). higher concentrations (60-80 mg!L) have a narcotic effect on aquatic animals and are sometimes used on a temporary basis as an anesthetic to reduce handling stress and during treatment procedures.e. Colt (2006) states that water quality criteria for carbon dioxide cannot be made at this time. and other gases.. The acid--base equilibrium relationships bet\veen pH and carbon dioxide in f reshwater and seawater aquaculture systems have been extensively reviewed and a summary of the carbonate acid-base system is presented in Table Stumm and Morgan.7 (Grace & Piedrahita. As a management technique. = co32- carbon dioxide carbonic acid bicarbonate ions carbonate ions = C02 1994). the dissolved f ollows assuming a system pH of7. The carbonate system can be considered to be a volatile system or a non-volatile system depending on whether or not aqueous carbon dioxide volatile being one that has equilibrated with the atmosphere. because its concentration in water is determined both by a gas-liquid equilibrium relationship and by a series of acid-base reactions. 2. and carbonate ions (CO/ ). (> 40 kg fish biomass per m3) are high solubility of C02 culture tank. the amount of oxygen that the blood hemoglobin can carry is reduced and respiration distress can occur. carbon dioxide (C02). for an open (volatile) system. Using Fig. the dissolved C02 will be at equilibrium with the air as a f unction of temperature and salinity and will approach �0. nitrogen. It is more correct to write H2C03 for carbonic acid where H2C03 is a composite carbonic acid concentration that includes true dissolved inorganic carbon • • carbonic acid plus dissolved carbon dioxide or: (2. lowering the blood plasma pH. When a fish is in this condition. 2. even with high concentrations of dissolved oxygen in the water. especially for warmwater species. carbonic acid (H2C03).

1-------+--� I I I I I I I I I I -1 -8�1----�----�'��--+-�---'---�--� 8 pH 10 11 -& +-------�--�--��-pH 8 10 ll 12 ll Figure 2.) .6 mol water 0. 1994) Determination of equilibrium carbon dioxide concentrations requires that two of f ollowing three quantities be known: pH.3 (from Bisogni and Timmons. 1 9 8 1 ) (square brackets signify molar concentrations (moles/L). 10. the square brackets indicate molar concentration.) .7 for ppm (OSHA [H2C03 ·]. .62 -2 Chapter 2 Water Quality -2 Water Sources 63 .0006111 mol C01 atm · mol water C02 · 55. we can calculate the concentration of C02 in the water as f ollows: Xeo K .7 ) Table 2. [CtC03]. since pH defines [I-t]: (2.. can be calculated from the total carbonate carbon. 1994).6) 5.7 Carbonate System Acid-Base Equilibrium Reactions and Equilibrium Constants in Freshwater (Stumm and Morgan. and alkalinity is given Applying the equilibrium constants given in Table 2. The equilibrium constants as mg CaC03 per litcr. alkalinity. total dissolved carbon dioxide.' / / / -/ / / I // / / / U 2 -S -6 -7 � - �----.4 Volatile (open) Log C-pH Diagram for freshwater at 20 ° C and for an atmospheric C02 conecnttation of315 ppm (concentration of J. 1995. K1. K0.7..' . mg = 7_5 mg g L - _ 0.000 assuming a gas space concentration of C02 around the stripping device of C02 and 8-hr limit. refer to Piedrahita and Seland. total carbonate carbon. and K2 are defrned in Table 2.s 1 o· atm) (from Bisogni and Tirrunons. the units of the partial pressure of carbon dioxide (Pco2) are atmospheres (atm) (from Surnmerfelt et al. Non-volatile (closed) log C-pH diagram for f reshwater at 20 oc Figure 2. 2000. -3 I I I I I I I .. see Table A-15). for temperature dependence of the equilibrium constants. and pH. For example. ' - _ 11 ' e o ' as well as f rom the alkalinity (ALK) and pH: 44g mol C02 . 0050 afm · -----L (2.

7. brackish. and .g. tend to accumulate water because they have body fluids more concentrated in ions than the surrounding water.64 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources 65 E qutlibrium T e Gas-liquid hydration/ acid-base -b se Equilibrium Relationships eo.olution/ caco)-co")+ea ++ = I . The pH increase resulting from chemical base addition is determined by the initial characteristics of the water (pH.] Kw =[OH-][H•] K. alkalinity. geography.]/(H>COJ] • K2 •[COl. and bases that contain carbon. sodium hydroxide. For Metho?s of C02 degass�g are presented and discussed in Chapter 8.. least 4-5 ppt.68xlo·" .83x I 0.58xi0·1 = 6 . the alkalinity. This process is called "osmoregulation". chloride. 1996. moVL In either case. 1995)... acclimated to saltwater and then can be grown out to marketable size in sea cages at salinities as high as 20 ppt. aquatic species must spend considerable energy for osmoregulation at the expense of other functions. and is of water.)[ll )I[HCOl. e.OOxl(y•• moi1/L2 9 4. but merely causes a decrease in the carbon dioxide concentration by shifting the carbonate carbon balance to bicarbonate and carbonate ions as the pH is increased.5-9.5. Each aquatic species has an of salinily fo. Equations derived from the carbonate chemistry system. Typically adding bases to the culture water does not result in the removal of dissolved inorganic carbon from solution.+H• . Note that the hydration/dehydration reactions are semi-instantaneous the acid-base reactions are much slower (seconds). (g)+-+COz (aq) Equilibrium Constants @ 25°C K" = Pco /Xco 2 2 � • strong bases which do not contain any carbon. 1997). acid a d + acid-base .57xl0" moi2/L2 moVL alkalinity of the culture water. and there arc no clearly identified crossover points between these characterizations.r. eqUlhbnum constant values (Piedrahita and Seland. In addition to these equations. while in Chan es corresponding alkalinity and carbonate carbon. rainbow trout fingerlings are produced in optimum range conditions of the immediate surroundings. Salinity is usually reported as parts per thousand (ppt) or grams of salt per kilogram defined as the total concentration of dissolved ions in water. such as growth.. example. for example. dehydration COz (nq) + Hz0-H1CO. atm·• • • 4. The add1t10n of bases to tncrease the pH and shift the carbonate chemistry equilibrium will control carbon dioxide in aquaculture systems (Grace and Piedrahita. sodium bicarbonate.8) where: ALK potassium.[H ][HCO.. can be used to target a design carbon dioxide concentration and the These equations illustrate that the dissolved carbon dioxide concentration can be effected by changes in the total amount of carbonate carbon in solution. Summerfelt. bicarbonate. the animal cannot maintain homeostasis and dies. The target of levels of alkalinity and carbonate carbon can then be used to estimate the amount of base needed for maintaining the design carbon dioxide level.g.=[COl J[Ca l ++ Ko � [H1COl]/[C0 1] = 1. Loyless and Malone. In the case of the carbon-containing bases. The major contributors of dissolved ions are calcium sodium (2. and sulfate. Two general classes of chemicals are used in aquaculture to control pH and decrease carbon dioxide concentrations: fish.J 'H IIC0·3-CO 1+H H10+-+0H. Table 2. an approximation within 5-10% can be used to calculate the dissolved carbon dioxide concenu·ation given the alkalinity and pH (restricted to a pii range from 6. Summerfelt.f natura i hydrological Cco. temp�ralure and salinity can also have minor eff ects. the addition of bases causes an increase in the preci itation p is. K.2. Most f reshwater fish of commercial importance reproduce and grow well at salinities up to at Fish maintain the concentration of dissolved salts in their body fluids by regulating the uptake of ions from the environment and through the restriction Freshwater of ion loss. since they aff ct the e . Dissolved carbon dioxide concentration (mg/L) Alkalinity (as CaC03 mg/L) salinity tolerance of most aquaculture species is rather broad. l l x l 0. The salinity waters tends to reflect the climate. or the pH of the water. 1994. H1COJ+-+HCO. and total carbonate carbon) and by the type and amount of base added. When exposed to salinity values outside of their optimum range. The .. 1996): � SALINITY Water is commonly described as f resh.oduction and growth. although the f reshwater. .r rep. the increase in alkalinity is accompanied by an increase in total carbonate carbon. e. Each of these terms refers to the salinity of the water. If salinity deviates too far from optimum. or saltwater.

in that they can change dramatically in a relatively short time (DO can drop to lethal levels in minutes at high loading densities!). SUSPENDED. so invest in a good oxygen meter (.4 kg total suspended solids (TSS) for every 1 kg of feed f ed. The luminescent chemical instantly becomes excited and then as the excited chemical relaxes. you usually will "get what you pay for". over a wide range of price scales. f eed fines. solids removal is one of the most important processes in aquaculture systems. A typical polarographic DO electrode or probe consists of a gold electrode and a silver-silver oxide reference electrode. and the Lime it takes for the chemical to return to a relaxed state is measured. thereby increasing growth rates. molecular oxygen diffusing across the membrane reacts with the cathode (gold ring) and a small current flow to the anode electrode (silver). algae. and generally classified into three categories: fine or dissolved solids. Solids are suspended. The sensor in the cap is coated with a luminescent material. In simple terms.6 MEASUREMENTS upon dynamic fluorescence quenching of a luminescent dye METERS & INSTRUMENTS The three water quality parameters described below are the three most critical to successful aquaculture. the electrode generates a small voltage (mV range) proportional to the dissolved oxygen concentration. fish f ecal matter. Fine and dissolved solids are by their very nature difficult to remove. polyethylene. the dissolved oxygen meters available today allow over for a rapid r ange and f rom accurate zero to analysis 67 blood o f freshwater fishes has an osmotic pressure approximately equal to the osmotic pressure of a reduce stress levels 7 ppt sodium chloride solution. and can directly affect fish health within rccirculating systems by damaging fish gills and harboring pathogens. The higher the oxygen concentration. Waste solids influence the efficiency of all other unit processes in a rccirculaling system. Both systems require temperah1re. The difference settleable. the less red light is given off to the sensor and the shorter time it Lakes for the luminescent material to return to a relaxed state. Currently there are numerous DO meters available. tilapia 80 mg/L if all other water quality parameters are at a preferred level. Optimally. They are a major source of carbonaceous oxygen demand and nutrient input into the water. they should be monitored continuously. Settleable solids seule out in less than an hour. between settleable and suspended solids is simply the time it takes for them to settle to the bottom of an Imhoff cone. and instrumentation to convert tbc signal reading to a visual display or recording device. usually made of Teflon. solids need to be removed f rom the fish culture tank as soon as possible. The oxygen concentration is inversely proportional to the time it takes for the luminescent material to it releases red light. and alarms to indicate out of (Luminescent Dissolved Oxygen. and biofilm cell mass sloughed from biological filters. Two types of electrodes are commonly used: polarographic and galvanic. or fluoroc�rbon. As a result.SETTLEABLE. When an electrical voltage is applied to the probe. usually accomplished i by a combination of calibration and instrumentation hardware and software. Therefore.3 to 0.$500 minimum). DISSOLVED Waste solids accumulating in an aquaculture system come from uneaten feed. The tentative upper limit for freshwater fish is can perfom1 well with TSS levels of 25 mg TSS/L. which produces a signal proportional to the concentration o f the oxygen in the water. and therefore require a treatment process other than conventional gravity settling basins. LDO). The electrodes are bathed in 4 M KCl and separated from the sample by a membrane. and salinity compensation. Suspended solids do not. The newest technology for measuring dissolved oxygen is based 0. both of these meters consists of an electrode.66 Chapter 2 Water Quality Water Sources DISSOLVED OXYGEN Although dissolved oxygen (DO) cnn be measured analytically by using the Winkler Method and a simple titration. with 1 0 mg TSS/L usually recommended for normal operation. while creating as little turbulence and mechanical shearing as possible. 2. Freshwater aquaculture systems are generally maintained at 2-3 ppt salinity to and the amount of energy required for osmoregulation. The red light is detected by a photodiode . with backup systems tolerance conditions. SOLIDS . atmospher c pressure. As usual. Blue light f rom an LED illuminates the luminescent chemical on the surface of the sensor cap. Studies indicate that fish produce between supersaturation. In a galvanic system. The membrane is permeable to gases and the rate at which oxygen crosses the membrane is directly proportional to the dissolved oxygen concentration in the sample.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful